Sea Ray 2006 44 SEDAN BRIDGE Owner's Manual

W

ELCOME

44 Sedan Bridge

International • 455 Sedan Bridge

Congratulations on becoming the new owner of the world’s most prestigious yacht. We at Sea Ray ®

Boats, Inc. welcome you into our worldwide and everexpanding family of boating enthusiasts.

The Owner’s Manual Packet, to be kept on board your

Sea Ray, gives you important information on all the features of your Sea Ray, for years of trouble-free boating take the time to carefully review the information in your Owner’s Manual Packet and really get to know your boat. Have everyone who will operate your yacht read this manual.

The Owner’s Manual Packet contains the following:

• Owner’s Manual

The Owner’s Manual gives you important operating and safety information, as well as reminding you about your responsibilities as a boat owner/operator.

• Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM)

Information

This section of your Owner’s Manual Packet contains information from the manufacturers of equipment installed on your boat. Examples include the engine, engine control and steering system. Throughout the

Owner’s Manual you will be referred to information provided by manufacturers of specific systems.

Because your purchase represents a substantial investment, we know you will want to take the necessary measures to protect its value. We have outlined a program for proper operation, periodic maintenance and safety inspections. We urge you to follow these recommendations. If you have questions which are not fully covered by the Owner’s Manual

Packet, please consult your authorized dealer for assistance.

Thank You For Selecting A Sea Ray ® !

Bon Voyage

®

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) i

ii 44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

I

NTRODUCTION

1. T

HIS

M

ANUAL

The material here and in the rest of the Owner’s Manual

Packet:

• Gives you basic safety information;

• Describes the features of your boat;

• Describes the equipment on your boat;

• Describes the fundamentals of boat use; and

• Contains service and maintenance information.

You must learn to operate this boat as well as read, understand and use this manual.

What this manual does not give you is a course in boating safety, or how to navigate, anchor or dock you boat. Operating a power boat safely requires more skills, knowledge and awareness than is necessary for a car or truck.

2. Y

OUR

R

ESPONSIBILITIES

For your safety, the safety of your passengers, other boaters and people in the water, you must:

• Take a boating safety course;

• Get instruction in the safe and proper handling of your boat;

• Understand and follow the “rules of the road”;

• Learn how to navigate.

3. S

OURCE OF

I

NFORMATION

In North America, contact one of the following for boating courses:

• U.S. Coast Guard Auxiliary

• U.S. Power Squadron

• Canadian Power and Sail Squadrons

• Red cross

• State Boating Offices

• Yacht Club

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

Contact your dealer or the Boat/U.S. Foundation at

1-800-336-2628

Outside of North America, contact your boat dealer and/or your governmental boating agency for assistance.

A book that provides a comprehensive background in boating is Chapman - Piloting, Seamanship and small

Boat handling, by Elbert S. Maloney, published by

Hearst Marine.

4. D

EALER

R

ESPONSIBILITIES

In addition to a pre-delivery check and service of the boat, your dealer is to give you:

• A description and demonstration of the safety systems, features, instruments and controls on your boat;

• An orientation in the general operation of your boat;

• An “In Service Form” completed by you and the dealer after your inspection of the boat;

• A review of all warranty information and how to obtain warranty service;

• The complete Owner’s Manual Packet.

If you do not receive all of these materials, or have any questions, contact your dealer or call 1-800-SRBOATS

(International 1-314-216-3333).

5. W

ARRANTIES

Your boat comes with several warranties. Each component and/or system on your boat has its own warranty that will be found with the specific information and manual for that component. These are included with your Owner’s Manual Packet. Locate and read the individual warranties; then put them together for easy future reference. The Sea Ray ® warranty is on the warranty information card in your packet and is repeated on the next page.

iii

6. H

ULL

I

DENTIFICATION

N

UMBER

(HIN)

The “Hull Identification Number” located on the starboard side of the transom, is the most important identifying factor and must be included in all correspondence and orders. Failure to include it creates delays. Also of vital importance are the engine serial numbers and part numbers when writing about or ordering parts for your engine. Refer to the Engine

Operator’s Manual for locations of engine serial numbers and record them for future reference.

H.I.N L

OCATION

(F

IG

.

IV

)

Sea Ray Boats participates extensively in the American

Boat and Yacht Council which is a non-profit organization that develops and publishes voluntary standards and recommended practices for boat and equipment design, construction, service and repair.

We utilize all applicable ABYC standards in the construction of your Sea Ray boat.

Finally, Sea Ray sells their products world wide and as such must conform to the various rules and regulations required by other countries. Most notably, are the ISO standards in Europe which require the application of the CE (Common European) mark. This mark, much like the NMMA certification here in the US, gives you the boat owner specific information concerning your craft. For more information, turn to

Section 1 - Safety , subsections 8 and 12 which explains in detail the CE plate and its importance.

HULL

IDENTIFICATION

NUMBER

STARBOARD

TRANSOM HULL

7. M

ANUFACTURER

’

S

C

ERTIFICATION

As a boat manufacturer, Sea Ray builds their products to guidelines established under the Federal Boat Safety

Act of 1971. The Act is promulgated by the United

States Coast Guard who has authority to enforce these laws on boat manufacturers that sell products in the

United States. Sea Ray ensures that all of its products comply with these laws.

The NMMA, National Marine Manufacturers

Association, provides Sea Ray with a third party certification. The NMMA is an organization that represents the marine industry and assists manufacturers, boat dealers, marinas, repair yards and component suppliers in areas of legislation, environmental concerns, marine business growth and state and federal government agency interaction. The third party certification that Sea Ray participates in, uses the well know Standards and Recommended

Practices of the ABYC, American Boat and Yacht

Council.

iv

8. S

ERVICE

, P

ARTS AND

R

EPAIR FOR

Y

OUR

B

OAT

When your boat needs service, parts or repair, take it to an authorized Sea Ray ® dealer. To find a dealer in your area call:

1-800-SRBOATS

Fax: 1-314-213-7878

(International 1-314-216-3333)

To find repair and parts facilities for the equipment installed on your boat, refer to the manual for that component.

If a problem is not handled to your satisfaction:

1. Discuss any warranty-related problems directly with the service manager of the dealership or your sales person. Give the dealer an opportunity to help the service department resolve the matter for you.

2. If a problem arises that has not been resolved to your satisfaction by your dealer, contact Sea Ray ®

Boats at 1-800-SRBOATS and the appropriate customer service department information will be provided to you.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

9. C

ONTACT

P

HONE

N

UMBERS

&

I

NTERNET

A

DDRESSES

When your boat needs service, parts or repair, take it to an authorized Sea Ray ® dealer. To find a dealer in your area call:

Sea Ray Boats USA

Phone ................................................. 1-800-SRBOATS

Fax ....................................................... 1-314-213-7878

Internet ............................................... www.searay.com

Sea Ray Boats International ................

1-314-216-3333

United States Coast Guard

Phone ................................................... 1-800-368-5647

Internet ........................................ www.uscgboating.org

Boat US Foundation

Phone ................................................... 1-800-336-2628

Internet ............................. www.boatus.com/foundation/

Canadian Coast Guard Canadian Coast Guard

Phone ................................................... 1-800-267-6687

Internet ........................ www.ccg.gcc.gc.ca/main_e.htm

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) v

vi

®

A

BOUT

Y

OUR

L

IMITED

W

ARRANTY

Sea Ray offers an express Limited Warranty on each new Sea Ray purchased through an authorized Sea Ray dealer. A copy of the Limited Warranty was included in your owner’s packet. If for any reason, you did not receive a copy of the Limited Warranty, please contact your local dealer or call 1-800 SR BOATS for a replacement copy.

Under the Limited Warranty, Sea Ray covers structural fiberglass deck or hull defects which occur with five (5) years of the date of delivery and parts founds to be defective in factory material or workmanship within one (1) year of the date of delivery. In addition, laminate blisters resulting from defects in factory material or workmanship are covered for five (5) years on a pro-rated basis.

Sea Ray’s obligation under the Limited Warranty is limited to repair or replacement of parts that are judged defective by Sea Ray and does not include transportation, haul out, or other expenses. The foregoing is the

sole and exclusive

remedy provided by Sea Ray.

The Limited Warranty does not cover engines, stern drives, controls, propellers, batteries, trailers, or other equipment or accessories carrying their own individual warranties, nor does the Limited

Warranty cover engines, parts or accessories not installed by Sea Ray. The Limited Warranty does not cover cosmetic gel coat finish. Boats used for commercial purpose are excluded from coverage.

See the Sea Ray Express Limited Transferable Warranty for other exclusions.

SEA RAY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY

AND FITNESS. NEITHER SEA RAY NOR THE SELLING DEALER SHALL HAVE ANY

RESPONSIBILITY FOR LOSS OF USE OF THE BOAT, LOSS OF TIME, INCONVENIENCE,

COMMERCIAL LOSS OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

The unexpired term of the Limited Warranty may be transferred to a subsequent owner upon the new owner’s written request to Sea Ray Division of Brunswick Corporation, 2600 Sea Ray Blvd., Knoxville, Tennessee,

37914 and payment to Sea Ray of Fifty Dollars ($50.00).

Thank you for your decision to buy a Sea Ray.

The Sea Ray Express Limited Transferable Warranty is subject to change at any time at Sea Ray’s discretion. The

information contained herein is general information about the Limited Warranty for the owner’s general knowledge,

but does not alter or amend the terms of the Limited Warranty.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

44 DB O

WNER

’

S MANUAL

• T

ABLE OF

C

ONTENTS

I

NTRODUCTION

1. This Manual ............................................................. iii

2. Your responsibilities .................................................. iii

3. Source of Information .............................................. iii

4. Dealer Responsibilities ............................................. iii

5. Warranties ............................................................... iii

6. Hull Identification Number (HIN) ............................... iv

7. Manufacturer’s Certificate ........................................ iv

8. Service, Parts and Repair for Your Boat ................... iv

9. Contact Phone Numbers & Internet Addresses ......... v

Express Limited Transferable Warranty ........................ vi

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

1. Safety Labels ........................................................ 1.1

2. Legally Mandated Minimum Reguired Equipment ... 1.2

3. Fire Extinguishing System ..................................... 1.2

4. Carbon Monoxide .................................................. 1.3

A. Carbon Monoxide Monitors ............................ 1.4

5. Life Saving Equipment ........................................... 1.4

A. PFD Classifications ....................................... 1.5

6. Additional Recommended Equipment for

Safe Operation ...................................................... 1.5

7. Impaired Operation ................................................ 1.6

8. Load Capacity ....................................................... 1.6

9. Power Capacity ..................................................... 1.7

10. Stability ............................................................... 1.7

11. Maintain Control ................................................... 1.7

A. General Considerations .................................. 1.8

12. Weather .............................................................. 1.8

A. Ocean ........................................................... 1.8

B. Offshore ......................................................... 1.9

C. Inshore .......................................................... 1.9

D. Sheltered Waters ........................................... 1.9

13. Chart Your Course ............................................... 1.9

14. Water Sports ...................................................... 1.10

A. Swimming .................................................... 1.10

B. Skiing ........................................................... 1.10

C. Diving ........................................................... 1.11

15. Emergency Situations ........................................ 1.11

A. Medical Emergency ...................................... 1.11

B. Water Rescue .............................................. 1.11

C. Fire .............................................................. 1.12

D. Flooding, Swamping and Capsizing ............... 1.12

E. Collisions and Leaking .................................. 1.12

F. Grounding ..................................................... 1.13

G. Propulsion, Control or Steering Failure ........... 1.13

16. Safety Hotlines ................................................... 1.13

17. International Requirements .................................. 1.13

18. Nautical Terms ................................................... 1.14

19. Enviromental Considerations .............................. 1.15

A. Fuel and Oil Spilage ..................................... 1.15

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

B. Waste Disposal ............................................ 1.15

C. Excessive Noise .......................................... 1.16

D. Wake / Wash ................................................ 1.16

20. Key to Symbols on Control and Prints ................. 1.17

21. Warning Label Locations ..................................... 1.18

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

1. Docking/Lifting/Storage .......................................... 2.1

A. Bow and Stern Cleats .................................... 2.1

B. Supporting the Boat ....................................... 2.2

2. Passenger Location ............................................... 2.2

3. Basic Boat Dimensions and Clearances ................ 2.4

4. General Deck Layout ............................................. 2.5

5. Cabin Layout ......................................................... 2.6

6. Control Station Gauge and Switch Layout .............. 2.7

7. Spoiler .................................................................. 2.11

8. Function and Location of Through-Hull Fittings

and Cutouts ........................................................ 2.12

9. Major Controls ...................................................... 2.14

A. Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls .................. 2.14

B. Engine Synchronizers(Optional) .................... 2.15

C. Marine Cruise Control Switch Panel .............. 2.15

D. Optional Lower Control Station Gear Shift

and Throttle Control ................................... 2.17

E. Hydraulic Trim Tabs ..................................... 2.17

10. Important Gauges ............................................... 2.19

A. Tachometer .................................................. 2.19

B. 4 in 1 Multigauge .......................................... 2.19

C. Hourmeter .................................................... 2.20

D. Fire System Indicator ................................... 2.20

E. Synchronizer Gauge (Optional) ..................... 2.20

F. Magnetic Compass ...................................... 2.21

G. Systems Monitor .......................................... 2.23

Display Control Module (DCM)

Function Table ........................................ 2.23

H. Smartcraft .................................................... 2.24

I. Sea Ray Navigator (SRN) (Optional) ............... 2.24

11. Navigation and Anchor Lights ............................. 2.25

A. Console Dimmer ........................................... 2.25

12. Switch & Receptacle Layout ............................... 2.26

13. Lighting Layout ................................................... 2.28

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

1. Preparing to Depart ................................................ 3.1

2. While Underway .................................................... 3.1

3. Returning to Port ................................................... 3.2

4. Securing the Boat .................................................. 3.2

5. Fueling the Boat .................................................... 3.3

6. Boarding ................................................................ 3.3

7. Personal Flotation Devices (PFD) .......................... 3.4

8. Passenger Instruction and Location ....................... 3.4

vii

44 DB O

WNER

’

S MANUAL

• T

ABLE OF

C

ONTENTS

9. Starting the Engines .............................................. 3.4

10. Shifting to Drive the Boat ..................................... 3.6

A. Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls ................... 3.6

B. Optional Lower Control Station Gear Shift

and Throttle Control .................................... 3.7

11. Stopping the Engine ........................................... 3.10

12. Starting the Generator ......................................... 3.10

13. Stopping the Generator ....................................... 3.11

14. Shore Power ....................................................... 3.12

15. Shifting From Shore Power to Generator Power .. 3.14

16. Hydraulic Steering System ................................. 3.15

17. Anchoring ........................................................... 3.16

A. Anchoring Arrangement ................................ 3.16

B. Anchoring ..................................................... 3.17

C. Lowering Anchor ........................................... 3.17

D. Setting Anchor ............................................. 3.17

E. Weighing Anchor .......................................... 3.17

F. Clearing A Fouled Anchor ............................. 3.17

G. A Final Word ................................................ 3.18

18. Windlass ............................................................ 3.18

A. To Operate from the Helm ............................ 3.18

B. To Operate from the Bow .............................. 3.18

C. To Operate Manually .................................... 3.19

D. Maintenance ................................................. 3.19

19. Bow Thruster (Optional) ...................................... 3.20

C. Engine and Shaft out of Alignment ................ 4.11

D. Coupling out of True ..................................... 4.11

E. Engine Part Hitting Boat Structure ................ 4.11

F. Other Possible Causes ................................. 4.11

13. Rudder & Rudder Stuffing Box ............................ 4.11

14. Seacocks & Strainers ......................................... 4.12

15 Hydraulic Steering Control ................................... 4.12

16. Bilge Layout ....................................................... 4.13

S

ECTION

5 • F

UEL

S

YSTEM

1. Fuel System ......................................................... 5.1

A. Fuel Tanks .................................................... 5.1

B. Fuel Fill ......................................................... 5.1

C. Fuel Vent ....................................................... 5.1

2. Fuel Recommendations ......................................... 5.2

3. Generator Fuel Crossover System ......................... 5.2

4. Fuel Filters ............................................................ 5.2

A. Generator Fuel Filter ...................................... 5.2

B. Fuel Filter Maintenance ................................. 5.3

5. Fueling Precautions ............................................... 5.4

A. General ......................................................... 5.4

B. Before & During Fueling ................................. 5.4

C. After Fueling - Checklist ................................. 5.5

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

A

ND

U

NDERWATER GEAR

1. Bilge ..................................................................... 4.1

A. Fuel & Oil Spillage ......................................... 4.1

2. Bilge Pumps .......................................................... 4.1

3. Bilge Blowers ........................................................ 4.2

4. Engines ................................................................. 4.3

5. Fresh Water Cooling System ................................. 4.3

A. Coolant Recommendations ............................ 4.3

6. Engine Gauge Package ......................................... 4.4

7. Engine Mounts ...................................................... 4.4

8. Marine gears ......................................................... 4.4

A. Reduction Gears ........................................... 4.4

B. Reverse Gears ............................................... 4.4

9. Engine Exhaust system ........................................ 4.4

10. Oil Change System ............................................. 4.5

A. Operating Instructions .................................... 4.5

11. Underwater Gear .................................................. 4.6

A. Propellers ...................................................... 4.6

B. Shafts ............................................................ 4.9

C. Carrier Seal Kit .............................................. 4.9

D. Strut ............................................................. 4.10

12. Vibrations & Causes ........................................... 4.10

A. Foreign Object Interferring With

Propeller Action ............................................ 4.11

B. Bent Propeller and/or Shaft ........................... 4.11

viii

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

1. DC System ........................................................... 6.1

2. Batteries ............................................................... 6.1

A. To Remove the Battery Cables ...................... 6.2

B. Battery Maintenance ..................................... 6.2

3. Main DC Breaker Panel ......................................... 6.2

4. Battery Switches and Solenoids ............................ 6.4

A. Battery Switches ........................................... 6.4

B. Main Battery Solonoid ................................... 6.4

C. Bow Thruster Solenoid (Optional) ................... 6.4

5. Control Stations Breaker Panel .............................. 6.6

6. Electrical System Fuse Blocks and Breaker .......... 6.7

A. Windlass Breaker .......................................... 6.7

B. Replacing a Fuse or Breaker .......................... 6.7

7. 12 Accessory Receptacle ..................................... 6.8

8. Emergency Start System ....................................... 6.8

9. AC System ............................................................ 6.9

10. DC Distribution Panel ........................................ 6.10

A.Servicing the Main Distribution Panel ............. 6.10

11. Electronics Circuit ............................................... 6.15

12. Shore Power ....................................................... 6.16

A. Shore Power Cords ....................................... 6.16

B. Shore Power Breakers .................................. 6.16

C. Shore Power Operation ................................. 6.16

D. Isolation Transformer .................................... 6.16

13. Generator .......................................................... 6.17

A. Generator Operation ..................................... 6.17

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

44 DB O

WNER

’

S MANUAL

• T

ABLE OF

C

ONTENTS

14. Battery Chargers ............................................... 6.18

A. Charging Characteristics ............................... 6.18

B. Charging Characteristics of the Bow Thruster

Battery Charger ............................................ 6.18

15. Halogen Lighting ................................................. 6.19

A. Changing a Blown Bulb ................................. 6.19

16. Ground Fault Interrupter Receptacle (GFI) ........... 6.20

A. International Receptacle ............................... 6.20

17. Electrolytic Corrosion & Zinc Anodes .................. 6.20

18. AC & DC Electrical Schematics &

Wiring Harnesses ............................................... 6.21

C. Safety Pin .................................................... 7.14

D. Hand Held Extinguishers .............................. 7.15

11. Bow Thruster (Optional) ...................................... 7.15

12. Refrigerator/Freezer ............................................ 7.15

A. Cockpit Ice Maker ........................................ 7.15

13. Coffee Maker ...................................................... 7.15

14. Stove & Microwave ............................................ 7.15

A. Electric Stove ............................................... 7.15

B. Microwave/Convection Oven ........................ 7.16

15. Power Ventilation System ................................... 7.16

16. Central Vacuum System (Optional) ..................... 7.16

17. Horn ................................................................... 7.16

18. Salon Sofa/Bed (Optional) .................................. 7.17

19. Port Stateroom Bunks ........................................ 7.17

20. Salon Dinette Table ............................................ 7.17

21. Washer/Dryer (Optional) ...................................... 7.17

22. Canvas ............................................................... 7.17

23. Floor Plan ........................................................... 7.19

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

1. Layout and Accessories ........................................ 7.1

2. Carbon Monoxide Monitors .................................... 7.1

A. Testing the CO Monitor .................................. 7.1

3. Air Conditioning & Heating ..................................... 7.1

A. To Start System ............................................. 7.3

4. Water System ....................................................... 7.3

A. Water Tank ................................................... 7.3

Filling the Water Tank .................................... 7.4

To Begin Initial Operation ................................ 7.4

Sanitizing the Water System .......................... 7.4

B. Water Pumps & Filters .................................. 7.4

C. Water Distribution Manifold ............................ 7.5

D. Water Heater ................................................. 7.5

Initial Start-Up or After Winterization ............... 7.6

E. Dockside Water Inlet ...................................... 7.6

F. Cockpit Shower ............................................. 7.6

G.Fresh Water Washdown ................................. 7.7

5. Gray Water System

A. Gray Water Holding Tank (Optional) ............... 7.8

6. Head System ........................................................ 7.8

A. Requirement for Vessel Operators ................. 7.8

B. Vacu ® -Flush Head ......................................... 7.9

C. Holding Tank Operation ................................. 7.9

D. Vent Filter ...................................................... 7.9

7. Macerator Discharge Pump with Seacock

Interlock System (Optional) .................................. 7.10

To Operate the Macerator ............................. 7.11

8. Communication System ....................................... 7.12

A. Dockside Telephone Hookup ........................ 7.12

9. Entertainment Centers .......................................... 7.12

A. Salon Entertainment Center .......................... 7.12

B. Master Stateroom Entertainment ................. 7.12

C. Cockpit/Bridge Entertainment ....................... 7.12

D. Dockside Television Hookup ........................ 7.12

E. TV Signal Selector ........................................ 7.13

10. Automatic Fire Extinquisher ................................ 7.13

A. Fire Extinguisher Indicator ............................ 7.13

B. Manual Fire Extinguishing System ................ 7.13

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

8 • S

ERVICE

I

NFORMATION

1.Summary Guide for Inspection, Service

and Maintenance .................................................. 8.1

2. Useful Service Information ...................................... 8.3

3. Inspection, Service and Maintenance Protocol ....... 8.4

A. Bilge Area ...................................................... 8.4

B. Topside and Supplies ..................................... 8.5

4. Winterization Checklist for Boats Stored on Land ... 8.5

A. Boat Storage ................................................. 8.5

B. Engines ......................................................... 8.5

C. battery(ies) .................................................... 8.5

D. Head System ................................................ 8.6

E. Water System ............................................... 8.6

F. Fuel System .................................................. 8.6

5. Fitting Out After Storage ........................................ 8.7

A. Fuel System .................................................. 8.7

B. Battery(ies) .................................................... 8.7

C. Miscellaneous ............................................... 8.7

6. Seacock Lubrication .............................................. 8.7

7. Engine Oil Change System .................................... 8.8

8. Security Considerations ......................................... 8.8

9. Quick Reference Checklist .................................... 8.9

A. Boarding the Boat .......................................... 8.9

General .......................................................... 8.9

Boat Systems ................................................ 8.9

Engine ........................................................... 8.9

B. Preparing to Depart and After Launching ........ 8.10

General ......................................................... 8.10

Engine .......................................................... 8.10

Starting the Engine ........................................ 8.10

C. While Underway ........................................... 8.11

General ......................................................... 8.11

ix

44 DB O

WNER

’

S MANUAL

• T

ABLE OF

C

ONTENTS

Boat Systems ............................................... 8.11

Engine .......................................................... 8.11

D. Returning to Port .......................................... 8.11

General ......................................................... 8.11

Boat Systems ............................................... 8.11

Engine .......................................................... 8.11

E. Securing the Boat ......................................... 8.12

General ......................................................... 8.12

Boat Systems ............................................... 8.12

Engine .......................................................... 8.12

F. If the Engine Does Not Start .......................... 8.12

No Starter Motor Response ........................... 8.12

Starter Motor Responds, But No Ignition ........ 8.12

G. Operating the Generator ................................ 8.13

Starting the Generator ................................... 8.13

Stopping the generator .................................. 8.13

10. After Market Equipment Checklist ....................... 8.14

11. Maintenance Log ................................................ 8.15

S

ECTION

9 • C

ARE

& R

EFINISHING

1. Maintenance & Reconditioning ............................... 9.1

2. Paint Cleaning Agents & Other Substances ........... 9.1

3. Fiberglass & Gelcoat ............................................. 9.1

4. Stains & Scratches ................................................ 9.2

5. Permanently Moored or Docked Boats ................... 9.2

6. Care for Bottom Paint ............................................ 9.2

7. Bilge/Engine Compartment .................................... 9.3

8. Topside Areas ........................................................ 9.3

9. Gauge & Switch Panels ........................................ 9.3

10. Acrylic Plastic Sheeting (Plastic Glass) ............... 9.4

11. Canvas and Clear Vinyl ........................................ 9.4

12. Exterior Upholstery Fabric .................................... 9.4

13. Interior Upholstery Fabric ..................................... 9.4

x

Information in this publication is based upon the latest product specifications available at printing. Sea Ray ® Boats,

Inc. reserves the right to make changes at any time, without notice, in the colors, equipment, specifications, materials and prices of all models, or to discontinue models. Should changes in production models be made, Sea Ray ® is not obligated to make similar changes or modifications to models sold prior to the date of such changes.

44 Sedan Bridge Owner’s Manual

Printed in the U.S.A - June, 2003; Revised June 2004; June 2005

© Sea Ray Boats, Inc. • A Brunswick Company

MRP #1803498

The following are registered trademarks of the Brunswick Corporation: Sea Ray ® & The SR Wave Logo

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

Safe Boating Means:

• Knowing the limitations of your boat;

• Following the rules of the road;

• Keeping a sharp lookout for people and objects in the water;

• Not boating in water or weather conditions that are beyond the boat’s and the operator’s capability;

• Never boating when the operator is under the influence of drugs or alchohol;

• Being aware of your passenger’s safety at all times; and

• Reducing speed when there is limited visibility, rough water, nearby people in the water, boats, or structures.

Boating in beautiful weather and calm water conditions can be a wonderful experience.

Pleasurable boating, however, requires considerably greater skills than operating a land vehicle. To obtain these skills, you must:

• Take a Coast Guard, U.S. Power Squadron or equivalent boating safety course. Call the Boat/

U.S. Foundation at 1-800-336-2628 for information on available courses.

• Get hands-on training on how to operate your boat properly.

In addition:

• Maintain your boat and its safety and other systems as recommended in this manual.

• Have the boat inspected by a qualified mechanic or dealer, at least annually.

• Ensure that the Coast Guard required safety equipment is on board and functions. (See page iv).

1. S

AFETY

L

ABELS

Safety precautions are given throughout this manual and labels are mounted at key locations throughout the boat. This safety information advises the owner/ operator and passengers of imperative safety precautions to follow when operating and/or servicing equipment.

• Figures 1.15.1 thru 1.19.1 show the location of the safety labels on your boat.

• Do not remove or obstruct any safety label.

• Replace any label which becomes illegible.

Replacement safety labels can be obtained by calling your dealer or Sea Ray at 1-800-

SRBOATS for information on how to contact the manufacturing facility for your boat.

The meaning associated with each of the four basic types of label is:

! DANGER

DANGER – Immediate hazards which WILL result in severe personal injury or death if the warning is ignored.

! WARNING

WARNING – Hazards or unsafe practices which

COULD result in severe personal injury or death if the warning is ignored.

! CAUTION

CAUTION – Hazards or unsafe practices which could result in minor injury or product or property damage if the warning is ignored.

NOTICE

Information which is important to proper operation or maintenance, but is not hazard-related.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

1.1

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

2. L

EGALLY

M

ANDATED

M

INIMUM

R

EQUIRED

E

QUIPMENT

Consult your national boating law enforcement agency.

The following equipment is the minimum required by the U.S. Coast Guard for a boat from 40’ to less than 65’ [12.2 meters to less than 19.8 meters] in length.

Personal Flotation Devices (PFD’s): One Coast

Guard approved Type I, II or III device is mandatory for each person aboard. One throwable Type IV device is also required to be on board. A Type V device is acceptable if worn for approved use. See

Page 1.5 for a description of these PFD classifications. Always wear a PFD when boating.

NOTICE

PFD REQUIREMENTS DIFFER

Depending on the state or country of operation the operator of a vessel may be fined for failure to comply with local or national rules regarding PFD usage.

Fire Extinguisher - Portable: With a fixed fire extinguishing system installed in the engine and generator spaces, the American Boat and Yacht

Council (ABYC) recommends that you have two

(2) Type B-II ABC fire extinguishers, one each located at the helm station and outside the engine compartment and Three (3) Type B-I ABC extinguishers located in the galley, the crew quarters and the cabin, near the cockpit door.

Whistle, Horn: You must have on board some means of making a loud sound signal, for example, whistle or horn.

Visual Distress Signals: If you operate your boat in coastal waters or on the Great Lakes, you must have visual distress signals for day and night use on board. At least three (3) U.S. Coast Guard approved pyrotechnic devices marked with date showing service life must be carried, be readily

1.2

accessible, in serviceable condition and not expired.

Store pyrotechnic signals in a well-marked waterproof container in a dry location.

Other: Your Sea Ray is equipped with the required navigation lights, engine exhaust and ventilation systems.

3. F

IRE

E

XTINGUISHING

S

YSTEM

Your boat is equipped with an automatic fire extinguisher system located in the engine compartment. In the event of a fire, the heat sensitive automatic head in the engine compartment will release a fire-extinguishing vapor, totally flooding the area.

The switch panel contains an indicator light for the automatic fire extinguishing system. The light will be ON when the ignition is on and indicates that the system is ready. If the light goes out while the ignition is on, the system has discharged.

WHEN DISCHARGE OCCURS, IMMEDIATELY

SHUT DOWN ALL ENGINES, POWERED

VENTILATION, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND

EXTINGUISH ALL SMOKING MATERIALS. DO

NOT IMMEDIATELY OPEN THE ENGINE

COMPARTMENT!! THIS FEEDS OXYGEN TO

THE FIRE AND THE FIRE COULD RESTART.

Wait at least fifteen (15) minutes before opening the engine compartment. This permits the fireextinguishing vapor to “soak” the compartment long

! DANGER

Fumes from engine, generators, and other equipment and appliances using burning fuel contain carbon monxide.

Carbon Monoxide can kill you.

Open all doors, curtains, windows, and hatches to let fresh air circulate, when running engine, generator or burning any fuel when boat is anchored, moored or docked.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY enough for hot metals and fuels to cool. Have portable extinguishers at hand and ready to use in case the fire reignites. Do not breathe fumes or vapors caused by the fire.

See Section 7 - Accessories and Options , Page

7.12 for details on the operation of the fire extinguishing system..

Dangerous concentrations of carbon monoxide will be present if:

• the engine and/or generator exhaust systems leak;

• insufficient fresh air is circulating where people are present; and

• fumes move from the rear of the boat into the cockpit and cabin area.

4. C

ARBON

M

ONOXIDE

Symptoms of carbon monoxide poisoning are dizziness, ears ringing, headaches, nausea and unconsciousness. A poisoning victim’s skin often turns cherry red. Because carbon monoxide gas

(CO) is odorless, colorless and tasteless, it is unlikely to be noticed until a person is overcome.

! DANGER

Even in rainy cold weather ventilation must be maintained to avoid Carbon Monoxide poisoning. You will get wet and/or cold.

! DANGER

Sleeping on boat requires a operating Carbon

Monoxide detection system in each sleeping location.

E

XAMPLES

O

F

H

OW

H

IGH

L

EVELS

O

F

C

ARBON

M

ONOXIDE

M

AY

A

CCUMULATE

(F

IG

. 1.3.1)

BLOCKING HULL EXHAUSTS. OPERATING AT

SLOW SPEED OR DEAD IN THE WATER.

I

LLUSTRATION

#A

OPERATING ENGINE AND/OR GENERATOR

IN CONFINED SPACES.

I

LLUSTRATION

#D

USING CANVAS CURTAINS.

I

LLUSTRATION

#B

OPERATING WITH THE BOW HIGH.

I

LLUSTRATION

#E

WINDS BLOWING EXHAUST TOWARD

BOAT OCCUPANTS.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

I

LLUSTRATION

#C

GOOD VENTILATION.

I

LLUSTRATION

#F

1.3

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

Figure 1.3.1 gives examples of boat operating conditions that can lead to high concentrations of carbon monoxide gas.

To minimize the danger of CO accumulation when the engine and/or generator are running, or using burning fuel applications.

• Be sure to have sufficient ventilation when using canvas or window-type side curtains when underway, anchored, moored or docked.

• If the convertible top is installed, operate with the forward hatch open and leave cabin door open.

• Operate all burning fuel appliances, such as charcoal, propane, LPG, CNG or alcohol cooking devices in areas where fresh air can circulate. Do not use such devices where there is no noticeable air movement, especially in the cabin, when anchored, moored or docked.

• Do not idle engine without moving boat for more than 15 minutes at a time.

• Inspect the exhaust system regularly. (See

Section 8, Required Inspection, Service and

Maintenance.

If CO poisoning is suspected, have the victim breath fresh air deeply. If breathing stops, resuscitate. A victim often revives, then relapses because organs are damaged by lack of oxygen. Seek immediate medical attention.

A. C

ARBON

M

ONOXIDE

M

ONITOR

Your boat has carbon monoxide (CO) monitors mounted throughout the boat (See Section 2 -

General Boat Arrangement , Page 2.26 for locations of monitors) . The CO monitor is an electronic instrument that detects CO. When there is a buildup of CO, the monitor will alert the occupants by a flashing DANGER light and alarm. The CO monitors are wired through a fuse block behind the DC distribution panel.

1.4

C

(F

ARBON

IG

M

. 1.4.1)

ONOXIDE

TEST

BUTTON

(ON SIDE)

M

ONITOR

POWER

INDICATOR

DANGER

INDICATOR

HORN

It is extremely important that you become totally familiar with your CO monitor and its functions.

Read and understand the CO monitor information and operating instructions located in your Owner’s

Manual Packet.

5. L

IFESAVING

E

QUIPMENT

Even strong swimmers can tire quickly in the water and drown due to exhaustion, hypothermia, or both.

The buoyancy provided by a personal flotation device (PFD) will allow the person who has fallen overboard to remain afloat with far less effort and heat loss, extending survival time necessary to find and retrieve them.

Boat operators are required to carry one wearable personal flotation device (Type I,II,III or V) for every person on board. Boats must also have at least one throwable device (Type IV).

The law requires that PFD’s must be readily accessible, if not worn. “Readily accessible” means removed from storage bags and unbuckled. But, children and nonswimmers must wear PFDs at all times when aboard. It is common sense to have everyone on board wearing PFDs. A throwable device must also be right at hand and ready to toss.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

A. PFD C

LASSIFICATIONS

Off-Shore Life Jacket (Type I) most buoyant, it is designed to turn an unconscious person face up; used in all types of waters where rescue may be slow, particularly in cold or rough conditions.

Near-Shore Life Vest (Type II)

“keyhole” vest with flotation-filled head and neck support is also designed to turn a person face up, but the turning action is not as pronounced; used in calm, inland waters or where quick rescue is likely.

Flotation Aid (Type III) vest is designed so conscious wearers can turn face up; often designed for comfort while engaged in sports such as skiing.

(F

IG

. 1.5.1)

(F

IG

. 1.5.2)

(F

IG

. 1.5.3)

Throwable Devices (Type IV) horseshoe buoys, ring buoys and buoyant cushions are designed to be grasped, not worn.

(F

IG

. 1.5.4)

Special-Use Devices (Type V) sailboat harnesses, white-water vests, float coats, and hybrid vests which have minimum inherent buoyancy and an inflatable chamber.

(F

IG

. 1.5.5)

Before purchasing PFDs, ensure that there is an attached tag indicating they are approved by the

U.S. Coast Guard or by your national boating law enforcement agency.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

Children and nonswimmers must wear PFDs at all times when aboard.

All passengers and crew should wear them. A loose PFD is often useless in an emergency.

The operator is responsible for instructing everyone aboard on the location and use of PFDs.

Size PFDs for the wearer. Children require special attention in the use of PFDs.

Test PFD buoyancy at least once a year.

6. A

DDITIONAL

R

ECOMMENDED

E

QUIPMENT FOR

S

AFE

O

PERATION

In addition to legally mandated equipment, the following items are necessary for safe boating, especially if your boat is out of sight of land.

• First aid kit

• Visual distress signals for day and night use

(required in some areas; consult local regulations)

• Charts of your intended cruising area

• Compass

• GPS or Loran position locating devices

• Marine VHF radio with weather channels

• Emergency Position-Indicating Radio Beacon

(EPIRB)

• Manual bilge pump

• Moisture repellant

• Anchors, chain and line (The anchors must be properly sized for your boat. Ask your dealer or marine supply store for recommendations).

• Mooring lines

• Fenders

• Boat hook

• Waterproof flashlight(s)

• Extra batteries for flashlights and portable electronic devices

1.5

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

• High power spotlight, if you intend to boat at night

• Spare keys

• Instruction manuals for engine and accessories

• Lubricating oil

• Tool kit:

- Assorted screwdrivers (Phillips and flat blade)

- Pliers (regular, vise-grip, and tongue & groove)

- Wrenches (box, open-end, allen, adjustable)

- Socket set (metric or U.S. Standard as

appropriate)

- Electrical tape and duct tape

- Hammer

- Utility Knife

• Spare parts kit (spark plugs, fuses, hose clamps and ask your dealer to recommend other parts)

• Extra propeller

! DANGER

Never carry more weight or passengers than indicated on the certification plate, regardless of weather or water conditions.

The boat can capsize, swamp or sink.

• The number of seats does not indicate how many people a boat can carry in poor weather and rough water.

• Above idle speed, all passengers must be seated on the seats provided.

The United States Coast Guard does not provide specific numbers for passenger capacity or cargo weight for recreational vessels larger than 20 feet (6.09). For safety sake, use the following information provided for the international loading standards for maximum number of passengers plus cargo weight.

7. I

MPAIRED

O

PERATION

! WARNING

Drugs and/or alcohol impair the operator’s ability to control the boat safely.

Death or serious injury can result from improper boat operation.

Drugs and/or alcohol will prevent you from operating your boat safely. This single factor is involved in more marine accidents and deaths than any other.

The detrimental effects of alcohol and drugs are increased by the wind, waves and sun, quickly impairing your ability to react properly and promptly in an emergency.

B. I

NTERNATIONAL

The certification plate located near the helm indicates maximum weight and number of persons your boat can handle under calm sea conditions.

Do not exceed the load capacities stated.

The

B

UILDER

’

S

P

LATE

(I

NTERNATIONAL

)

(F

IG

. 1.6.1) BOAT MANUFACTURER

MFR’S MODEL

DESIGNATION

8. L

OAD

C

APACITY

A. U

NITED

S

TATES

Use common sense and sound judgement when placing equipment and/or passengers in your boat.

The number of people on board must be reduced if you go out in poor weather and rough water.

DESIGN

CATEGORY

MAXIMUM NUMBER

OF PASSENGERS

MAXIMUM LOAD

CAPACITY

1.6

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY number of people on board must be reduced if you go out in poor weather and rough water.

The information present on the certification plate does not relieve the operator from responsibility. Use common sense and sound judgement when placing equipment and/or passengers in your boat.

• Do not load to capacity in poor weather or rough water.

• The number of seats does not indicate how many people a boat can carry in poor weather and rough water.

• Above idle speed, all passengers must be seated on the seats provided.

! WARNING

When engine is running, keep passengers away from areas not designed for riding, such as seat backs, bow, gunwales, transom platform, swim platform, front and rear decks and on sun pads.

Passengers can fall overboard if not seated properly on the seats provided.

To maintain rated power, propellers should be free of nicks, excessive pitting and any distortions that alter them from their original design. Badly damaged propellers should be replaced, but those that are chipped, bent or merely out of shape can be reconditioned by your marine dealer.

It is advisable to carry an extra propeller aboard in case you damage the one in use.

10. S

TABILITY

! WARNING

Distribute passengers and gear as uniformly as possible from front to rear and left to right.

The manufacturer’s load rating is the maximum allowed under calm conditions.

Reduce boat loading if weather, water or other conditions are adverse.

Your boat was manufactured to specific stability and flotation standards for the capacity shown on the certification plate. Any increase from the recommended load capacities will put your boat in jeopardy of capsizing, swamping and/or sinking.

9. P

OWER

C

APACITY

The engine options available for your boat have been selected as the best suited for general use for this size boat. Do not install an engine larger than the largest option available. Your boat will be difficult to handle and will be less stable.

Your Sea Ray ® has been equipped with a propeller which our tests have shown to be the best suited for general use with our engine under normal conditions and load. Do not change the pitch of your propeller without getting your dealer’s recommendations first. If you change to a different propeller pitch, under no circumstances use a propeller which allows the engine to operate at higher than recommended RPM.

(your engine manual specifies the maximum recommeded

(RPM).

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

I

N ADDITION

:

• Stability may be substantially reduced if equipment is added above the deck.

• Stability is substantially reduced by loose fluids or weight within the hull. Keep bilge area as dry as possible, and close all openings, hatches and windows in rough weather.

11. M

AINTAIN

C

ONTROL

On the water there are no marked traffic lanes, no traffic signs or lights, and boats have no turn signals.

The boat operator must keep his or her attention focused not only on what’s ahead but what’s on the left, right and behind the boat.

1.7

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

The operator must always be alert to approaching boats (from the rear, right and left sides, as well as those ahead). There can be people in the water, partially submerged debris, and other navigational hazards such as rocks, sand bars and dangerous currents, to name a few.

Your passengers are relying on you to operate and maneuver the boat safely so that they are not in danger of going overboard. If you turn too quickly, increase or decrease speed abruptly, your passengers are at risk of being thrown overboard or thrown about the boat.

When visibility becomes impaired because of weather, time of day or high bow angle you must slow down so that you have sufficient time to react if an emergency occurs. Nearby boats face similar risks in avoiding a collision with you.

A. G

ENERAL

C

ONSIDERATIONS

• Know how your boat handles under different conditions. Recognize your limitations and the boat’s limitations. Modify speed in keeping with weather, sea and traffic conditions.

• Instruct passengers on location and use of safety equipment and procedures.

• Instruct passengers on the fundamentals of operating your boat in case you are unable to do so.

• You are responsible for passenger’s actions. If they place themselves or the boat in danger, immediately correct them.

1.8

! WARNING

Death or serious injury can result if you fail to observe these safety rules:

• Anyone who controls the boat must have taken a boating safety course and have trained in the proper operation of the boat.

• Always operate the boat at speeds that will not put people or property in danger.

• Be constantly aware of conditions in all directions when underway and before turning.

• Reduce speed, use a lookout to identify possible hazards or difficulties, and turn on navigation lights when:

- visibility is impaired;

- in rough water; and

- in congested waterways.

• Watch your wake. It can capsize a small boat or damage moored boats or other property. You are responsible for damage caused by your wake.

12. W

EATHER

! DANGER

DO NOT ATTEMPT TO BOAT IN

SEVERE WEATHER CONDITIONS

DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY CAN OCCUR

GET TO SHORE BEFORE

THE WEATHER TURNS BAD

There are four design categories of boats based upon their ability to withstand wind and sea or water conditions. Your boat rating is displayed on the certification plate located near the helm. Do not operate your boat beyond the conditions listed for your boats rating.

A. Ocean

Wind speed: above 40 knots (46 mph)

Wave height: above 4 meters (13 feet)

Boat may be used for extended ocean voyages.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

B. Offshore

Maximum wind speed: 40 knots (46 mph)

Maximum wave height: 4 meters (13 feet)

Boat can be used offshore, but not for extended ocean voyages.

C. Inshore

Maximum wind speed: 27 knots (31 mph)

Maximum wave height: 2 meters (6.5 feet)

Boat use is limited to coastal waters, large bays, estuaries, lakes and rivers.

D. Sheltered waters

Maximum wind speed: 15 knots (18 mph)

Maximum wave height: 0.5 meters (1.5 feet)

Boat use is limited to small lakes, rivers and canals.

Your 44 DB is Design Category B.

The wind speed and wave height specified as the upper limit for your category of boat does not mean that you or your passengers can survive if your boat is exposed to these conditions. It is only the most experienced operators and crew that may be able to operate a boat safely under these conditions. You must always be aware of weather conditions and head for port or protected waters in sufficient time to avoid being caught in high winds and rough water.

Do not take chances!

Getting caught in severe weather is hazardous. Bad weather and/or rough sea or water conditions can cause an unsafe situation. Consult local weather information, or listen to the NOAA weather reports for the latest weather conditions or any impending deterioration of the weather before setting out and while underway. Following are a few basic weatherrelated rules:

• Check the weather forecast and the water conditions before leaving and while underway.

• A sudden change in wind direction or speed or an increase in wave height indicates deteriorating weather.

• Have everyone wear a personal flotation device.

• If a storm approaches, immediately seek a safe harbor.

• If a storm hits, have everyone sit in the cabin or on the cockpit deck in the boat. head the bow into the wind with enough power to maintain slow headway.

• If you encounter fog, determine your position, set a safe course, slow down and alert other boats of your presence with a sound signal.

• If a lightning storm approaches, the safest action is to dock and disembark. If you cannot return to shore, have passengers go inside the cabin and remain there until the storm passes.

• Lightning seeks a ground when it strikes. The best protection is a properly grounded lightning rod placed high enough over the deck to provide a protective umbrella over the hull. Depending upon the likelyhood of your being in a lightning storm, consult your dealer for installation of a lightning rod. Stay clear of the lightning rod, all attached wiring and all metal parts of the boat.

• Stay out of the water during a lightning storm. If caught swimming during a storm, get back into the boat and remain there until the storm passes.

13. C

HART

Y

OUR

C

OURSE

To avoid boating in unsafe areas where there are underwater obstructions, shallow water, unnavigable conditions such as dangerous currents, and others, you must chart a course.

This means having and using the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) charts for coastal waters, observing and understanding all navigational aids, using the knowledge and guidance of experienced boaters, and being aware of the tide times where appropriate.

If you are in an unfamiliar area without knowledge of the hazards, proceed very slowly and have someone watch for hazards.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

1.9

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

! WARNING

Hitting an object in or under the water or boating in dangerous currents can cause serious injury or death to boat occupants.

You must know where the hazards are and avoid them.

In uncharted waters, boat very slowly and post a lookout.

! WARNING

Shut engine off if an object is struck or if you run aground.

Check for hull leaks and drive line damage, before restarting engines.

Use hand pump if bilge pumps don’t remove water.

Boat very slowly, if you must proceed with a damaged drive line.

Let others know where you are going.

A float plan describes your intended cruising course and itinerary, boat description, and your expected time and date of return.Give the float plan to a friend or relative, so they can give the information to a national boat agency, like the U.S. Coast Guard, in the event you fail to return.

• Turn off engines when taking swimmers or skiers aboard or when they are entering the water. Never permit use of the transom or swim platform while engines are running.

• Slow down and look for swimmers or skiers when cruising in an area where there might be persons in the water.

B. S

KIING

While it is unlikely that anyone would ski behind your 44 DB, it is advised that you become familiar with water skiing safety and hand signals. You will, on occasion, find yourself in the vicinity of water skiing activity.

• Anyone who water skis must know how to swim.

• Never drive the boat directly behind a water skier. At 22 knots (25 m.p.h.), it takes only 5 seconds to overtake a fallen skier who was 60 meters (200 feet) in front.

• Keep a downed skier in sight and on the operator’s side of the boat when approaching the skier. Never back up to anyone in the water.

• Learn the signals to communicate with a skier.

The skier is to control the boat through hand signals (Fig. 1.10.1).

Turn – Arm raised, circle with index finger extended.

14. W

ATER

S

PORTS

A. S

WIMMING

• Do not permit anyone to swim from a moving boat, or a boat with an engine running.

• Many localities prohibit swimming from boats except in designated areas.

• Make sure boat’s engines are turned off before allowing people to swim anywhere near your boat. Shut the engine OFF and remove the key from the ignition switch so that nobody will accidentally start the engine while swimmers are nearby.

S

KIING

S

IGNALS

(F

IG

. 1.10.1)

1.10

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

Skier in Water – Extend one ski vertically out of water.

Back to Dock – Pat top of head.

Cut Motor – Draw finger across throat.

Slow Down – Thumb pointed down or palm down, move hand up and down.

Faster – Thumb pointed up or palm up, move hand up and down.

OK – Raise arm and form a circle with thumb and index finger.

Stop – Raise arm with palm vertical and facing forward.

Turn Right – Extend arm out from body to the right.

Turn Left – Extend arm out from body to the left.

OK After a Fall – Clasp hands together overhead.

• If the skier suddenly releases the tow rope, it can backlash into cockpit. Spotters who are watching the skier must be aware of this fact and be prepared to deflect the rope by hand to avoid injury.

C. D

IVING

• Recognize and respect diving flags (Fig. 1.11.1).

Keep at least 30 meters (100 feet) away.

Sport Divers Flag – Red flag with diagonal white stripe marks a diver in the water.

Code Alpha Flag – Blue and white pennant designates boat being used in dive operations.

D

IVERS

F

LAGS

(F

IG

. 1.11.1)

RED

WHITE

BLUE

WHITE

I

N

G

ENERAL

When engaged in water sports, be safe and courteous to others sharing the water:

• Be considerate to fishermen.

• Do not water ski in congested areas.

• Keep the boat and skier away from navigation markers.

• Stay well clear of other boats and skiers.

15. E

MERGENCY

S

ITUATIONS

ASSISTING OTHER BOATERS

All boaters have a legal obligation to help other boaters who are in distress, as long as rendering assistance does not endanger you, your passengers or your boat.

Prevention is the safest approach. We hope that you are never involved in an emergency situation.

If you are involved in an emergency situation, it is imperative that you know how to react, in order to protect the lives in your care.

A. M

EDICAL

E

MERGENCY

You may be far from professional medical help when you are boating. At least two people on board your boat should be CPR certified, and should have taken a first aid course. Equip your boat with a first aid kit.

B. W

ATER

R

ESCUE

A person who has fallen overboard will die from hypothermia in water temperatures below 70 o F if not rescued quickly. Water rescue consists of three steps: returning to the victim, making contact with the victim, and getting the victim back on board.

SPORT DIVER’S

FLAG

CODE ALPHA

FLAG

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

1.11

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

R

ETURNING

T

O

T

HE

V

ICTIM

• Immediately make everyone aware of the incident and keep the victim in sight.

• Slow the boat and keep pointing toward the person overboard. At night, direct the best available light source at the person.

• Throw a life preserver, even if the person is wearing a PFD. It will serve as another marker.

M

AKING

C

ONTACT

• Stop or slow the boat and circle toward the victim.

• Try to approach heading into the wind or into the waves.

• Keep the victim constantly in sight.

• When almost alongside, stop the engine in gear to prevent propeller “windmilling.”

G

ETTING

B

ACK

A

BOARD

• Try to reach the victim with a pole, or by throwing a life preserver. Do not swim to rescue the victim, except as a last resort.

• Assist the person in boarding the boat. The person should normally be brought in over the stern.

• If the person is injured or cannot get into the boat, a rescuer should put on a PFD with a safety line attached to the boat and enter the water to assist the victim.

• Handle the victim with care. Spinal injuries may have occurred.

C. F

IRE

Fire is a serious boating hazard. Boats will burn quickly. Do not remain on board and fight a fire for more than a few minutes. If the fire cannot be extinguished within a few minutes, abandon the boat.

Have fire extinguishers handy. A small fire can be extinguished quickly with the right size and type of fire extinguisher.

• Extinguish smoking materials, shut off blowers, stoves, engines and generators.

• Throw burning materials overboard, if possible.

• If the fire is accessible, empty the contents of fire extinguishers at the base of the fire.

• If the fire is in the engine compartment and you have an automatic extinguisher for the engine, wait 15 minutes before opening the compartment. Have a portable extinguisher ready in case the fire flares up.

• Signal for help.

• Grab distress signals and survival gear. Put on

PFDs. Prepare to abandon ship.

D. F

LOODING

, S

WAMPING AND

C

APSIZING

In the event of flooding, swamping or capsizing:

• Try to shut off engines, generators and blowers, before leaving the boat.

• Have everyone put on Personal Flotation

Devices (PFD’s).

• Account for all who were on board.

• If the boat is floating stay with the boat. Hang on, or climb on the boat and signal for help.

• Only as a last resort should you attempt to swim to shore - it is further away than it looks and you can tire and drown.

E. C

OLLISIONS AND

L

EAKING

In the event of collision and leaking:

• Slow down or stop to reduce water intake, unless maintaining speed will keep the hole above water.

• Switch on bilge pumps.

1.12

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

• Account for everyone on board and check for injurys.

• Have everyone put on PFDs.

• Stay with the boat.

• Signal for help.

• If a leak patch is attempted, it should be done from the outside.

• In the event of a collision, you are required to file an accident report. Contact a state enforcement agency or the nearest Coast Guard office. If you are boating outside of U.S. waters, consult the nation you are visiting for accident reporting requirements.

F. G

ROUNDING

In the event of running aground:

• Check for leaks. If water is coming in, stop the intake of water before attempting to get the boat free.

• Inspect for damage to the hull, propulsion and steering systems.

• Determine if the tide, wind and current will drive the boat harder aground or will help to free it.

• Determine the water depth all around the boat, and the type of bottom (sand, mud, rocks, etc.).

If it can be done without exposing persons to risk of injury, the boat should be moved away from hard obstructions and toward open water with soft ground.

• Do not attempt to have your boat towed by other than a trained and competent service, such as the Coast Guard or a salvage company.

Recreational craft are not designed to tow other recreational craft.

G. P

ROPULSION

, C

ONTROL OR

S

TEERING

F

AILURE

:

If the drive train fails, or controls or steering do not respond properly at all:

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

• Shut off engine.

• Put out the anchor to prevent drifting.

• Determine whether or not you can repair the problem yourself. See the proper manuals for assistance in troubleshooting the engine, steering and engine controls.

• If you are not sure you can fix the problem, or if conditions are adverse, signal for help.

16. S

AFETY

H

OTLINES

The safety information in the preceeding pages gives only the general areas of concern for boating safety. It is not intended to be, nor can it be, exhaustive. You must take a boating safety course, and get hands-on instruction in the proper and safe operation of your boat from experienced persons before cruising.

The U.S Coast Guard offers many pamphlets on safety and other information not covered in this book.

Contact your local Coast Guard unit or call the tollfree safety hotlines below for information.

• U.S. Coast Guard 1-800-368-5647

• Canadian Coast Guard 1-800-267-6687

In other countries, ask your marine dealer for information on how to contact the national boating law enforcement agency.

17. I

NTERNATIONAL

R

EQUIREMENTS

This vessel and its systems have been constructed in accordance with standards and specifications in effect at the time of manufacture as published by the various regulatory authorities listed below.

1. Ministere De La Mer - France

2. Registro Italiano Navale - Italy

3. Det Norske Veritas - Norway

1.13

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

4. Securite des Nauires - Canada

5. J.C.I. (Japan Craft Inspection) - Japan

6. N.K.K. (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai) - Japan

7. B.S.I. (British Standards Institute) - England

8. Ministerio Obras Publicas Y Transportes - Spain

9. EC Recreational Craft Directive - European

Community.

Further information concerning these requirements may be obtained from Sea Ray ® Customer Service:

1-800-SRBOATS.

18. N

AUTICAL

T

ERMS

Abeam – object 90 degrees to center line on either side of boat.

Abaft – a point on a boat that is aft of another.

Aft – toward the rear or stern of the boat.

Beam – the width of a boat.

Bow – the fore part of a boat..

Bow Eye – Bolt with looped head mounted on extreme forward part of bow.

Bulkhead – vertical partition in a boat.

Chine – meeting juncture of side and bottom of boat.

Chock – deck fitting, used as guides for mooring or anchor lines. Also, a wedge to stop wheels from rolling.

Cleat – deck fitting with arms or horns on which lines may be made fast.

Cockpit – an open space from which a boat is operated.

Deck – upper structure which covers the hull between gunwales.

Draft – depth of water required to float boat and its propulsion system.

Fathom – six feet.

Fenders – rope or plastic pieces hung over the side to protect the hull from chafing.

Freeboard – height of exposed hull from water line to deck.

Ground tackle – general term referring to anchors, anchor lines, etc.

Gunwale (pronounced gun’l) – meeting juncture of hull and deck.

Hatch – an opening in deck to provide access below.

Head – toilet or toilet area in a boat.

Headroom – vertical distance between the deck and cabin or canopy top.

Helm – steering console.

Hull – the basic part of a boat that provides buoyancy to float the weight of the craft and its load.

Keel – the major longitudinal member of a hull; the lowest external portion of a boat.

Knot – unit of speed in nautical miles per hour.

Lee – the side that is sheltered from the wind.

PFD – Personal Flotation Device; life preserver.

Port – term designating left side of the boat.

Rudder – Movable fixture at the stern used for steering.

Scupper – hole permitting water to drain overboard from deck or cockpit.

Sheer – curve or sweep of the deck as viewed from the side.

Snub – to check or tighten a line suddenly.

Starboard – term designating right side of the boat

Stern – the aft end of a boat.

Stern drive – outboard unit of an inboard/outboard

(I/O) engine installation.

Stringer – longitudinal members fastened inside the hull for additional structural strength.

Transom – transverse part of stern.

Wake – disturbed water that a boat leaves behind as a result of forward motion.

Windward – toward the direction from which the wind is blowing.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

1.14

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

19. E

NVIRONMENTAL

C

ONSIDERATIONS

The following warning is offered for boats sold in the State of California in accordance with California

Health & Safety Code §§ 25249.5-.13:

! WARNING

A wide variety of components used on this vessel contain or emit chemicals known to the State of

California to cause cancer and birth defects and other reproductive harm.

EXAMPLES INCLUDE:

• Engine and generator exhaust

• Engine and generator fuel, and other liquids such as coolants and oil, especially used motor oil

• Cooking fuels

• Cleaners, paints, and substances used for vessel repair

• Waste materials that result from wear of vessel components

• Lead from battery terminals and from other sources such as ballast or fishing sinkers

Fill tank(s) less than rated capacity. Allow for fuel expansion.

B. W

ASTE

D

ISPOSAL

• Many areas prohibit overboard sewer discharge. Close and disable flow-through waste systems to prevent discharge in such areas.

• Bag all refuse until it can be disposed of ashore.

Regulations prohibit disposal of plastic anywhere in the marine environment and restrict other garbage disposal within specified distances from shore.

NOTICE

• There is a possibility of being fined for having an operable direct overboard discharge of waste in some waters. Removing seacock handle in closed position, or other means must be used to avoid fine.

• It is illegal for any vessel to dump plastic trash anywhere in the ocean or navigable waters of the

United States.

TO AVOID HARM:

• Keep away from engine, generator, and cooking fuel exhaust fumes.

• Wash areas thoroughly with soap and water after handling the substances above.

A. F

UEL

& O

IL

S

PILLAGE

Regulations prohibit discharging fuel or oily waste in navigable waters. Discharge is defined as any action which causes a film, sheen or discoloration on the water surface, or causes a sludge or emulsion beneath the water surface. A common violation is bilge discharge. Use rags or sponges to soak up fuel or oily waste, then dispose of it properly ashore. If there is much fuel or oil in the bilge, contact a knowledgeable marine service to remove it. Never pump contaminated bilge overboard. Help protect your waters.

The Coast Guard is requiring any ocean-going boats 40 feet or larger to have a written “waste management” plan on board. While the requirement is aimed at commercial and passenger ships, there is no exception for recreational boats. “Ocean-going” means any boat going beyond the three-mile coastal U.S.

boundary. The written plan can be as simple as:

All vessel refuse is placed in trash bags which are stored on board until they can be disposed of in dumpsters on shore. This policy is reviewed by all crew and passengers. The person in charge of carrying out the plan is:

! CAUTION

FOR BOATS WITH VACUFLUSH ® HEADS ONLY

Do not place facial tissues, paper towels or sanitary napkins in head. Such material can damage the waste disposal system and the environment.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

Name: 1.15

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

C. E

XCESSIVE

N

OISE

Many areas regulate noise limits. Even if there are no laws, courtesy demands that boats operate quietly.

D. W

AKE

/ W

ASH

Power boat wakes can endanger people and vessels. Each power boat operator is responsible for injury or damage caused by the boat’s wake.

Be especially careful in confined areas such as channels or marinas. Observe “no wake” warnings.

! WARNING

SPEED HAZARD - Watch your wake. It might capsize a small craft. You are responsible for damage caused by your wake.

! CAUTION

Reduce speed in congested waterway.

Be alert for No Wake markers.

1.16

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

20. K

EY TO

S

YMBOLS ON

C

ONTROLS

& P

RINTS

These symbols may be found on your controls and gauges and/or used in this owner’s manual. This page is to help you understand what the symbols mean.

ISO 04 ISO 05 ISO 06

ISO 01

ENGINE

ISO 07

ISO 02

ISO 08

ENGINE

START

EMERGENCY

START SWITCH

(TWIN ENGINE ONLY)

ISO 10

ENGINE EXHAUST

ISO 11

CONTROL

ISO 12 r/min

ENGINE

ROTATIONAL

SPEED

ISO 13

ENGINE

COOLANT

ENGINE

(COOLANT)

WATER JACKET

TEMPERATURE

ISO 14

ISO 03

ISO 09

ENGINE

STOP

ISO 15

ENGINE OIL

PRESSURE

ISO 16

FUEL,

GENERAL

ISO 17

DIESEL

FUEL

ISO 18

FUEL

LEVEL

ISO 19

FUEL

FILTER

ISO 20

LEADED

FUEL

ISO 21

UNLEADED

FUEL

BILGE BLOWER

ISO 22 ISO 23

BILGE PUMP

RUNNING LIGHTS

UNDER POWER

ISO 28 ISO 29

ANCHOR

LIGHT

ISO 24

OIL

ISO 25

ELAPSED

TIME

ISO 26

LIGHT

ISO 27

INTERIOR

LIGHT

FRESH WATER

BASED COOLANT

ISO 30

WASTE

WATER/SEWAGE

ISO 31 ISO 32

WINDSHIELD

WIPER

ISO 33

WINDSHIELD

WASHER

ISO 34

WINDSHIELD

WIPER AND

WASHER

ISO 35

COMPASS

ISO 40

PROPULSION

SYSTEM TRIM

BOW DOWN

ISO 41

TRIM TAB

TRIMMING

OPERATION

WARNING

ELECTRICAL

HAZARD

FIRE RISK

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

ISO 36

ANCHOR

ISO 37

HORN

ISO 38

PROPULSION

SYSTEM TRIM

ISO 39

PROPULSION

SYSTEM TRIM

BOW UP

SINGLE

LEVER CONTROL

(THROTTLE & SHIFT)

ISO 42

CONTROL

LEVER OPERAT-

ING DIRECTION

ISO 43

ROTARY CONTROL

(QUANTITY INCREASES

WITH WIDTH OF

SYMBOL)

ISO 44 ISO 45

BATTERY

NO OPEN FLAME

NO SMOKING

PROPELLER

LIFT POINT

OR PROPER

LOCATION OF

SLING

LIFT POINT

1.17

S

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

21. 44 DB W

ARNING

L

ABEL

L

OCATIONS

Save Our Seas

It is illegal to dump plastic trash anywhere into the ocean or navigable waters of the

United States. Violation of these requirements may result in civil penalty up to

$25,000, a fine of $50,000 and imprisonment for up to five years.

PLASTIC - Includes but is not limited to: plastic bags, styrofoam cups and lids, sixpack holders, stirrers, straws, milk jugs, egg cartons, synthetic fishing nets, ropes, lines, and bio or photo degradable plastics.

GARBAGE - Means paper, rags, glass, metal, crockery

(generated in living spaces aboard the vessel-what we normally call trash), and all kinds of food, maintenance and cargo-associated waste.

“Garbage” does not include fresh fish or fish parts, dishwater, and gray water.

INSIDE 3 MILES

(and in U.S. Lakes, Rivers,

Bays and Sounds)

PLASTICS

DUNNAGE, LINING AND PACKING

MATERIALS THAT FLOAT

ANY GARBAGE EXCEPT DISHWATER/

GRAYWATER/FRESH FISH PARTS

3 TO 12 MILES

PLASTICS

DUNNAGE, LINNING AND PACKING

MATERIALS THAT FLOAT

ANY GARBAGE NOT GROUND TO LESS

THAN ONE SQUARE INCH

12 TO 25 MILES

PLASTICS

DUNNAGE, LINING AND PACKING

MATERIALS THAT FLOAT

12 TO 25 MILES

PLASTICS

DUNNAGE- Material used to block and brace cargo, and is considered a cargo associated waste.

DISHWATER- Means the liquid residue from the manual or automatic washing of dishes and cooking utensils which, have been pre-cleaned to the extent that any food particles adhering to them would not normally interfere with the operation of automatic dishwashers.

GRAYWATER - Means drainage from a dishwasher, shower, laundry, bath, and washbasin, and does not include drainage from toilets, urinals, hospitals, and cargo spaces.

BEHIND GALLEY CABINET DOOR

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

1.18

19. 44 DB Warning Label Locations

W

ARNING

L

ABEL

L

OCATIONS

(F

IG

. 1.19.1)

SHORE POWER

WARNING

To minimize shock hazard, connect and disconnect cable as follows;

1. Turn off boat’s shore power switch.

2. Connect cable at boat first.

3. If equipped with polarity indicator which activates, disconnect and connect polarity.

4. Disconnect at shore outlet first.

5. Close inlet cover tightly.

DO NOT ALTER SHORE POWER CABLE CONNECTORS

LINE 1

FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE

ENCLOSED

MRP # 222026 SR-41

LINE 2

!

DANGER

TRANSOM DOOR MUST BE

CLOSED AND SECURE WHEN

ENGINE IS RUNNING

MRP 811000 SR-102

SLING

!

WARNING

- DO NOT LEAVE BOAT UNATTENDED WITH THE

DOCKSIDE WATER HOSE CONNECTED.

- DOCKSIDE WATER SHOULD BE CONNECTED

DURING PERIODS OF HEAVY WATER USE ONLY.

MRP 852616 SR-124

!

DANGER

TO AVOID RISK OF SERIOUS INJURY OR

DEATH SHUT OFF ENGINE WHEN NEAR

SWIMMERS OR PRIOR TO USING SWIM

PLATFORM AND BOARDING LADDER.

MRP 1112879 SR-214

BRIDGE MAXIMUM CAPACITY

1000 LB/4490 KG

MRP # 221895 SR-30

STAINLESS STEEL SLIDING SWIM LADDERS

SUGGESTED CARE & MAINTENANCE

AFTER EACH USE:

Fully extend ladder and thoroughly rinse all ladder and slide surfaces with fresh water. Pay special attention to flushing any debris and salt water from the slide areas.

MONTHLY:

Examine the ladder slide grooves and remove any foreign particles lodged within the grooves.

Wash entire ladder, uning ONLY a clean, soft cloth, and mild soap solution. Rinse thoroughly with fresh water. To prevent damage NEVER

USE ABRASIVES or ABRASIVE CLEANERS!

Allow ladder to dry after washing. Apply a light coating of spray lubricant or clear silicone grease to the slide areas ONLY . Work ladder back and forth to assure distribution of lubricant and ease of operation.

CAUTION - TO PREVENT THE POSSIBILITY OF PERSONAL INJURY,

ENSURE THAT ANY LUBRICANT IS CLEANED FROM LADDER

RUNGS AND STILES PRIOR TO USE.

Inspect the ladder for damage and check the security of all fasteners.

Repair damage and/or tighten any hardware that may have become loose prior to use.

MRP 1573112 SR-505

UNDER HATCH

!

DANGER

DO NOT STAND OR WALK

ON THIS AREA.

SERIOUS INJURY COULD RESULT.

MRP # 113562 SR-216

SLING

44 Sedan Bridge( 455 Sedan Bridge )

SLING

!

DANGER

FORE AND AFT SUN PADS SHOULD NOT BE

USED WHEN VESSEL IS UNDER WAY.

MRP # 852558 SR-140

WARNING

–READ THE INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE OPERATING

THE WINDLASS.

–KEEP HANDS AND FEET AWAY FROM GYPSY AND

CHAIN AT ALL TIMES.

–WHEN WINDLASS IS NOT IN USE OR BEFORE

USING THE HANDLE, TURN OFF THE WINDLASS

AT THE MAIN SWITCH.

–ENGAGE THE CHAIN STOPPER AFTER ANCHORING.

WINDLASS MUST NOT BE USED AS SOLE MEANS

OF SECURING ANCHOR IN BOW FITTING. ANCHORS

MUST BE INDEPENDENTLY SECURED TO PREVENT

ACCIDENTAL RELEASE.

–BE SURE THE CLUTCH AND THE CHAIN STOPPER

ARE WELL ENGAGED BEFORE SAILING.

!

DANGER

STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS

MRP # 921759

SR - 162

UNDERSIDE OF HATCH

SLING

! DANGER

DO NOT CLIMB UPON OR STORE

EQUIPMENT ON HARDTOP

MRP 1017375 SR-198

ON UNDERSIDE OF HATCH

!

DANGER

STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS

MRP # 921759 SR - 162

UNDERSIDE OF HATCH

MRP 1798084

CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS ONLY

THE ABOVE WARNING IS ATTACHED TO THE

STEERING WHEEL PRIOR TO DELIVERY OF ANY

BOATS SOLD IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA IN

ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA HEALTH &

SAFETY CODE §§ 25249.5-.13:

MRP 1798084

CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS ONLY

THE ABOVE WARNING IS ATTACHED TO THE

STEERING WHEEL PRIOR TO DELIVERY OF

ANY BOATS SOLD IN THE STATE OF

CALIFORNIA IN ACCORDANCE WITH

CALIFORNIA HEALTH & SAFETY CODE

§§ 25249.5-.13:

1. 19

44 DB Warning Label Locations

W

ARNING

L

ABEL

L

OCATIONS

(F

IG

. 1.20.1)

PREVENT THE DISCHARGE OF POLLUTANTS

DISCHARGE OF OIL OR OILY WASTE INTO NAVIGABLE WATERS

IS

PROHIBITED OF SUCH A DISCHARGE CAUSES A FILM, SHEEN OR

A DISCOLORATION OF THE SURFACE, OR CAUSES A SLUDGE

OR EMULSION BENEATH THE SURFACE OF THE WATER.

SR-166

REPLACES SR-44 ON CE OPTION ONLY

DISCHARGE OF OIL PROHIBITED

THE FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT PROHIBITS THE

DISCHARGE OF OIL OR OILY WASTE INTO OR UPON THE NAVIGABLE

WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES OR THE WATERS OF THE CONTIGUOUS

ZONE IF SUCH DISCHARGE CAUSES A FILM OR SHEEN UPON OR A

DISCOLORATION OF THE SURFACE OF THE WATER OR CAUSES A

SLUDGE OR EMULSION BENEATH THE SURFACE OF THE WATER.

VIOLATORS ARE SUBJECT TO A PENALTY OF $5,000.

MRP # 258509 SR-44

NOTICE

THIS BOAT IS EQUIPPED WITH

AN OPTIONAL DIRECT OVERBOARD

DISCHARGE VALVE. DISCHARGING

OF SEWAGE DIRECTLY OVERBOARD

IS FOR USE WHERE APPROVED ONLY

MRP 955278 SR-118

WITH MACERATOR OPTION ONLY

NOTICE

CHECK BATTERY CELL FUEL

LEVEL APPROXIMATELY EVERY 4

WEEKS AND MORE OFTEN IN

SUMMER AND HOT ZONES.

MRP # 914341 SR-139

! CAUTION

PRIOR TO TOWING VESSEL:

• LOCK PROPELLOR SHAFT(S) TO PREVENT

DAMAGE TO SHAFT SEAL AND TRANSMISSION

BEARINGS.

• CLOSE SEACOCKS ON NON-OPERATING

ENGINES TO PREVENT SEA WATER INGESTION.

MRP # 1089242 SR - 203

!

DANGER

STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS

MRP # 921759

SR - 162

!

WARNING

LEAKING FUEL IS A FIRE AND

EZPLOSION HAZARD, INSPECT

SYSTEM REGULARY. EXAMINE

FUEL TANKS FOR LEAKS OR COR-

ROSION AT LEAST ANNAULLY.

MRP # 852632 SR-151

UNDER HATCH

MRP 1798084

CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS ONLY

THE ABOVE WARNING IS ATTACHED TO THE

STEERING WHEEL PRIOR TO DELIVERY OF ANY

BOATS SOLD IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA IN

ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA HEALTH &

SAFETY CODE §§ 25249.5-.13:

MRP 1798084

CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS ONLY

THE ABOVE WARNING IS ATTACHED TO THE

STEERING WHEEL PRIOR TO DELIVERY OF

ANY BOATS SOLD IN THE STATE OF

CALIFORNIA IN ACCORDANCE WITH

CALIFORNIA HEALTH & SAFETY CODE §§

25249.5-.13:

12VDC - 15A MAX

MRP# 324756 SR-47

SAFETY & OPERATIONAL

INFORMATION BOOKLET

!IMPORTANT SAFETY AND OPERATIONAL INFORMATION!

MRP# 1199363 SR-218

!

DANGER

LEAVING WINDOW OPEN COULD

INDUCE EXHAUST FUMES

INTO CABIN RESULTING IN SEVERE

PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH

MRP 852566 SR-135

TYPICAL ON ALL OPENING PORTLIGHTS

CE OPTION

DOMESTIC

1. 20

12VDC - 15A MAX

MRP# 324756 SR-47

!

WARNING

TURN OFF COFFEE MAKER

BEFORE CLOSING DOOR

MRP 852616 SR-134

INSIDE CABINET

!

WARNING

KEEP CABINET DOORS OPEN

AND EXHAUST FAN ON WHILE

APPLIANCES ARE IN USE.

MRP 1640176 SR-278

INSIDE CABINET

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

44 DB Warning Label Locations

W

ARNING

L

ABEL

L

OCATIONS

(F

IG

. 1.21.1)

BATTERIES

CAUTION

• BATTERIES ENCLOSED

• SERVICE WEEKLY

• REPLACE COVER WHILE UNDER WAY

ON ALL BATTERY COVERS

! DANGER

UNPLUG SHORE POWER AND

TURN OFF GENERATOR

BEFORE REMOVING COVER

MRP # 852582 SR - 154

TYPICAL ON ALL J-BOX COVERS

!

DANGER

STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS

WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING.

MRP 852624 SR -149

TYPICAL ON P & S STRINGER

NOTICE

CHECK BATTERY CELL FLUID LEVEL

APPROXIMATELY EVERY 4 WEEKS AND MORE

OFTEN IN SUMMER AND HOT ZONES.

MRP 914341 SR -139

TYPICAL ON TOP OF ALL BATTERIES

!

WARNING

LEAKING FUEL IS A FIRE AND

EXPLOSION HAZARD, INSPECT

SYSTEM REGULARY. EXAMINE

FUEL TANKS FOR LEAKS OR

CORROSION AT LEAST ANNUALLY.

MRP # 852632 SR-151

FWD

44 Sedan Bridge( 455 Sedan Bridge )

NOTICE

CHECK BATTERY CELL FLUID LEVEL

APPROXIMATELY EVERY 4 WEEKS AND MORE

OFTEN IN SUMMER AND HOT ZONES.

MRP 914341 SR -139

TYPICAL ON TOP OF ALL BATTERIES

BATTERIES

CAUTION

• BATTERIES ENCLOSED

• SERVICE WEEKLY

• REPLACE COVER WHILE UNDER WAY

ON ALL BATTERY COVERS

!

WARNING

LEAKING FUEL IS A FIRE AND

EXPLOSION HAZARD, INSPECT

SYSTEM REGULARY. EXAMINE

FUEL TANKS FOR LEAKS OR

CORROSION AT LEAST ANNUALLY.

MRP # 852632 SR-151

1. 21

1. 22

This page intentionally left blank.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

1. D

OCKING

/L

IFTING

/S

TORAGE

! CAUTION

Do Not use cleats for lifting.

A. B

OW AND

S

TERN

C

LEATS

Cleats must not be used for lifting the boat , they are intended for docking or mooring use only.

C

LEAT

L

OCATIONS

(F

IG

. 2.1.1)

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

When lifting the boat always keep the bow higher than the stern to drain the exhaust lines and to prevent water from running forward through the manifold and into the engine where it can become trapped. It may seem expedient to lift only the stern when changing a propeller, but this can result in water entering the engine cylinders, causing hydrostatic lock and resulting in possible engine failure. Even a small amount of water in the engine can cause rust and is to be avoided.

With fiberglass boats, severe gelcoat crazing or more serious hull damage can occur during launching and hauling if pressure is created on the gunwales by the slings. Flat, wide belting-type slings and spreaders long enough to keep pressure from the gunwales are necessary. Cable-type slings should be avoided. Do not place the slings where they may lift on the propeller shaft or other underwater fittings. The slings should be placed directly over the sling tags imprinted on the deck to assure the least amount of stress on the hull.

Never hoist the boat with an appreciable amount of water in the bilge. Fuel and water tanks should preferably be empty, especially if of large capacity.

P

ROPER

L

IFTING AND

S

TORAGE OF THE

44 DB

(F

IG

. 2.1.2)

SLING STRAPS

SLING TAG

SLING TAG

8’ 1”

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 2.1

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

B. S

UPPORTING

T

HE

B

OAT

A cradle is the ideal support for the boat whenever it is not in the water. Properly designed and constructed, it will provide support at the proper points, which is essential to avoid stress on the hull.

Boat placement on the cradle should line up as closely as possible to the sling tags on the side of the deck. Do not rest boat on underwater fittings.

P

ROPER

S

UPPORT

O

UT OF

W

ATER

(

FIG

. 2.2.1)

1. When the boat is moving, all passengers must be in the cockpit area or in the cabin and must be on seating provided or, if standing, holding on firmly (See Figure 2.3.1).

2. When persons are on the working deck area, for anchoring, mooring or in emergencies, they must be holding on and be positioned so as to prevent falling. In bad weather and/or rough water, if it is essential to be on deck, persons should be closely tied to cleats, railing stanchions or other securely fastened boat hardware.

3. Engines must be turned off if the boat is near swimmers or persons are on the swim platform or the swim ladder.

CORRECT SUPPORT

(NO GAP BETWEEN

HULL AND CRADLE)

INCORRECT SUPPORT

(GAP CREATES UNDUE

STRESS BETWEEN HULL

AND CRADLE)

2. P

ASSENGER

L

OCATIONS

While the person at the wheel must alert passengers before any sudden or erratic boat movement, such as crossing wakes, rapid turns, sudden acceleration or deceleration, etc., an emergency action may be necessary before passengers can be warned. All passengers must be prepared for rapid boat movement and be able to hold on to prevent loss of balance.

! WARNING

Boat motion can be erratic.

You can fall overboard or be injured by hitting something in or on the boat.

All persons must be in cockpit area or cabin and be prepared for sudden boat movement.

Use front or bow deck area only during anchoring, mooring or emergencies.

2.2

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

P

ASSENGER

L

OCATIONS

(

FIG

. 2.3.1)

FWD

!

KEEP OFF

HATCH

DECK HATCH

(ALSO EMERGENCY

EXIT)

12345678 1234567890

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

12345678

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

123456789012345

PORT

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

12345678901234

STBD

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345

12345 12345

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234

1234567890123456789012345678901

1234567890123456789012345678901

1234567890123456789012345678901

1234567890123456789012345678901

1234567890123456789012345678901

1234567890123456789012345678901

1234567890123456789012345678901

1234567890123456789012345678901

1234567890123456789012345678901

1234567890123456789012345678901

1234567890123456789012345678901

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

1234567890

1234567890

1234567890

1234567890

1234567890

WORKING DECK

(DECK AREA INTENDED FOR OCCUPATION

DURING ANCHORING, MOORING AND

EMERGENCY OPERATION ONLY)

ACCOMODATION DECK

(DECK AREA INTENDED FOR OCCUPATION

DURING NORMAL OPERATION)

DO NOT STAND OR WALK ON THIS AREA.

SERIOUS INJURY COULD RESULT.

! WARNING

DO NOT USE SUNPAD WHEN

BOAT IS UNDERWAY.

! WARNING

PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD

When underway, keep occupants clear of areas not designed for riding. Especially hazardous areas include seat backs, bow, gunwale, transom platform and fore and aft decks.

! WARNING

Wet decks are slippery.

You can be seriously injured if you slip and fall.

Wear slip resistant footwear secured to your feet and hold on to rails or boat structure.

! WARNING

You can be seriously injured if you stand or walk here.

! DANGER

ROTATING PROPELLERS CAN INJURE OR KILL

YOU.

TO AVOID RISK OF SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH

SHUT OFF ENGINE WHEN NEAR SWIMMERS OR

PRIOR TO USING SWIM PLATFORM AND

BOARDING LADDER.

2.3

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

3. B

ASIC

B

OAT

D

IMENSIONS AND

C

LEARANCES

B

OAT

D

IMENSIONS AND

C

LEARANCES

(F

IG

. 2.4.1)

4’ 2”

1.27m

2’ 6 1/8”

.77m

1’ 1 7/8”

.36m

45’ 5”

13.73m

LOAD

WATER LINE

20’ 2 5/8”

6.2m

19’ 4 7/8”

5.92m

18’ 3 1/8”

5.57m

14’ 6 1/4”

4.43m

10’ 3 1/8”

4.43m

14’ 3”

4.34m

Dimensions:

Overall Length w/swim platform ----------- 45’ 5”

Beam ------------------------- 14’ 3”

Draft--------------------------- 44”

Dry Weight (lbs.) ---------- 22,000

Fuel Capacity (gal.) ------- 350

Water Capacity (gal.) ---- 120

Holding Tank (gal.) -------- 40

Dead Rise ------------------- 18.5

o

13.84m

4.34m

111.8cm

9, 979kg

1,325 (liters)

454.2 (liters)

151.4 (liters)

18.5

o

Height Dimensions:

Keel to top of mast light ---- 20’ 2 5/8” 6.2m

Keel to top of radar ---------- 19’ 4 7/8” 5.92m

Keel to top of spoiler--------- 18’ 3 1/8” 5.57m

Keel to top of bridge --------- 11’ 1 1/4” 3.38m

Keel to top of bow rail ------- 10’ 3 1/8” 4.43m

2.4

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

4. G

ENERAL

D

ECK

L

AYOUT

G

ENERAL

D

ECK

L

AYOUT

(F

IG

. 2.5.1)

CC

BB

AA

A

B

Y

X

W

Z

C

D

E

H

G

F

J

I

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

ANCHOR/ANCHOR CHUTE

WINDLASS

STARBOARD BOW STORAGE LOCKER WITH

WINDLASS HANDLE

DECK HATCH

STARBOARD NAV LIGHT

WINDSHIELD

BRIDGE WINDSHIELD

CONTROL STATION

CAPTAIN’S CHAIR WITH THIGH RISE

STORAGE CABINET WITH TABLE TOP

REMOVABLE TABLE TOP (CONVERTS TO SUN PAD)

L

M

N

O

P

Q

BRIDGE AFT SEATING

AFT COCKPIT SEATING

STARBOARD FUEL FILL

TRANSOM HATCH

SWIM LADDER

TRANSOM DOOR

SWIM PLATFORM R

S

T

U

V

DOCKSIDE WASTE PUMP-OUT

PORT FUEL FILL

TRANSOM SHOWER

FUEL CROSSOVER BOARD WITH

GENERATOR GAUGES

W

X

BRIDGE STEPS

BRIDGE COMPANION SEAT

Y

Z

FRESH WATER FILL

PORT NAV LIGHT

AA PORT BOW STORAGE LOCKER

BB WINDLASS FOOT SWITCHES

CC SPOTLIGHT

K

L

M

U

V

12345

12345

T

S

R

Q

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

P

O

N

2.5

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

5. C

ABIN

L

AYOUT

C

ABIN

L

AYOUT

(F

IG

. 2.6.1)

V

U

W

X

Y

T

S

R

Q

P

O

12

12

12

12

12

A

B

M

N

J

L

K

C

D

F

G

H

I

E

Z

C

D

E

F

M

N

O

K

L

I

J

R

S

P

Q

T

A

B

G

H

U

V

W

X

Y

Z

AA

MASTER STATEROOM BUNK

ACCESS HATCH FOR MASTER STATEROOM AC

(UNDER MATTRESS)

MASTER STATEROOM HANGING LOCKER

MASTER STATEROOM HEAD

MASTER STATEROOM VANITY

MASTER STATEROOM SHOWER

MICROWAVE

REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER (UNDER MICROWAVE)

2-BURNER STOVE

GALLEY SINK

COFFEE MAKER

GALLEY CABINET

STARBOARD SALON SOFA

SALON ENTERTAINMENT UNITS

MDP PANELS

SALON TABLE WITH STOOLS (OPTIONAL)

PORT SALON SOFA (PULL OUT BED OPTIONAL)

WASHER/DRYER (UNDER STEPS) (OPTIONAL)

DINETTE TABLE

DINETTE SEATING

GALLEY STEPS (LIFT FOR UTILITY ROOM

ACCESS)

GUEST SHOWER

GUEST VANITY

GUEST HEAD

MASTER STATEROOM ENTERTAINMENT UNIT

GUEST STATEROOM HANGING CLOSET

GUEST STATEROOM BUNKS (CONVERTIBLE TO

KING SIZE BED)

GUEST STATEROOM

(LOWER LEVEL, BELOW DINETTE AREA)

AA

CO

FF

EE

M

AK

ER

2.6

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

6. C

ONTROL

S

TATION

G

AUGE AND

S

WITCH

L

AYOUT

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

(F

IG

. 2.7.1)

Z

BB

CC

A

B

W

X

Y

AA

C

D

E

F

G

V

U

T

S

R

Q

P

O

N L

K

J

M

I

H

L

OWER

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

(O

PTIONAL

)

(F

IG

. 2.7.2)

A A A

Z

F

B

CC

T

B B

W

C

X

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

R

T

I

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

S

U

V

MAGNETIC COMPASS

STARBOARD ENGINE TACHOMETER

STARBOARD ENGINE MULTI-GAUGE

FIRE EXTINGUISHER INDICATOR

STEREO REMOTE

ENGINE SYNCHRONIZER

SWITCH PANEL

FIRE EXTINGUISHER MANUAL PULL

STARBOARD ACCESS PANEL

ENGINE SYNCRONIZATION

SWITCH PANEL (OPTIONAL)

THROTTLES

SPOTLIGHT CONTROL

BOW THRUSTER CONTROL STICK

BREAKER PANEL

TRIM TABS SWITCH

VHF RADIO SPEAKER

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

(SMARTCRAFT OPTION)

12 VOLT ACCESSORY PLUG

GEAR SHIFTS

SMARTCRAFT SYSTEM VIEW (OPTIONAL)

PORT ACCESS PANEL

SEA RAY NAVIGATOR MOUSE CONTROL

(OPTIONAL)

W

X

Y

Z

AUTOPILOT (OPTIONAL)

RADAR (OPTIONAL)

VHF RADIO

PORT ENGINE MULTI GAUGE

A A PORT ENGINE TACHOMETER

B B

CC

SYSTEMS MONITOR

SEA RAY NAVIGATOR (OPTIONAL)

DD THROTTLE/SHIFT CONTROL

J

Y

L

O

M

DD

G

NOTE: OPTIONAL LOWER CONTROL

STATION REPLACES STANDARD

DINETTE AREA

NOTE: ELECTRONICS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGES IN LOCATION AND EQUIPMENT WITHOUT NOTICE. THIS INFORMATION WAS CORRECT AT TIME OF PRINTING.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 2.7

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

G

AUGE AND

S

WITCH

L

AYOUT

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

G

AUGE

P

ANEL

(F

IG

. 2.8.1)

C

D

B

E

F

G

H

A

I

D

E

A

B

C

PORT ENGINE MULTIGAUGE

PORT ENGINE TACHOMETER

TRIDATA GAUGE

GPS

STARBOARD ENGINE TACHOMETER

F

G

H

I

STARBOARD ENGINE MULTIGAUGE

FIRE INDICATOR AND OVERRIDE SWITCH

STEREO REMOTE

ENGINE SYNCRONIZATION GAUGE

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

G

AUGE

P

ANEL

W

ITH

S

MARTCRAFT

S

YSTEM

V

IEW

(F

IG

. 2.8.2)

C

D

B

E

F

G

H

I

A

2.8

A

B

C

D

E

PORT ENGINE MULTIGAUGE

PORT ENGINE TACHOMETER

SMART CRAFT SYSTEM VIEW

GPS

STARBOARD ENGINE TACHOMETER

F

G

H

I

STARBOARD ENGINE MULTIGAUGE

FIRE INDICATOR AND OVERRIDE SWITCH

STEREO REMOTE

ENGINE SYNCHRONIZER GAUGE (OPTIONAL)

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

G

AUGE AND

S

WITCH

L

AYOUT

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

G

AUGE

P

ANEL

W

ITH

S

EA

R

AY

N

AVIGATOR

(O

PTIONAL

)

(F

IG

. 2.9.1)

C D

E

F

B

G

A

H

A

B

C

D

PORT ENGINE MULTIGAUGE

PORT ENGINE TACHOMETER

SEA RAY NAVIGATOR (OPTIONAL)

STARBOARD ENGINE TACHOMETER

G

H

E

F

STARBOARD ENGINE MULTIGAUGE

FIRE INDICATOR AND OVERRIDE SWITCH

STEREO REMOTE

ENGINE SYNCRONIZATION GAUGE (OPTIONAL)

O

PTIONAL

L

OWER

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

G

AUGE

P

ANEL

(F

IG

. 2.9.2)

C

B

A

D

E

A

B

C

PORT ENGINE MULTIGAUGE

PORT ENGINE TACHOMETER

ENGINE SYNCRONIZATION GAUGE (OPTIONAL)

D

E

STARBOARD ENGINE TACHOMETER

STARBOARD ENGINE MULTIGAUGE

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 2.9

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

G

AUGE AND

S

WITCH

L

AYOUT

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

S

WITCH

P

ANEL

(F

IG

. 2.10.1)

PORT IGN

STOP START/RUN

EMERG

START

STBD IGN

STOP START/RUN

ENGINE

SYNC

BILGE

BLOWERS HORN ACCY

BILGE PUMPS

FWD AFT ELEC AUTOPILOT

THRUSTER

MAIN 24V

PLATFORM

MAIN

WINDLASS

MAIN CONTROL ACCY

RUNNING ANCHOR DIMMER NIGHT

LIGHTS

OVERHEAD BRIDGE SPOTLIGHT SPREADER ACCY

O

PTIONAL

L

OWER

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

S

WITCH

P

ANEL

(F

IG

. 2.10.2)

PORT IGN

STOP START/RUN

EMERG

START

STBD IGN

START/RUN STOP

ENGINE

SYNC

BILGE

BLOWERS HORN

BILGE PUMPS

FWD AFT

THRUSTER

MAIN 24V

PLATFORM

MAIN

WINDLASS

MAIN CONTROL ACCY ACCY

RUNNING ANCHOR

LIGHTS

DIMMER SPOTLIGHT

WIPERS

ON/OFF/INT LOW/MED/HI

WINDSHIELD

WASHER ACCY

2.10

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

G

AUGE AND

S

WITCH

L

AYOUT

M

ARINE

C

RUISE

C

ONTROL

S

WITCH

P

ANEL

(O

PTIONAL

)

(F

IG

. 2.11.1)

ENGINE

SYNC

CRUISE 1

OFF

CRUISE 2

SLOW

IDLE

RPM

+/-

PORT

WAIT

TO

START

ENGINE

MAINT.

STBD

WAIT

TO

START

ENGINE

MAINT.

STOP

ENGINE

CHECK

ENGINE

STOP

ENGINE

CHECK

ENGINE

7. S

POILER

S

POILER

(F

IG

. 2.11.2)

A

B

C

D E

F

G

E

F

G

C

D

A

B

GPS ANTENNA

SEA RAY NAVIGATOR GPS ANTENNA

(OPTIONAL)

RADAR

TV ANTENNA

MAST LIGHT

VHF ANTENNA

STEREO SPEAKER

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 2.11

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

8. F

UNCTION AND

L

OCATION OF

T

HROUGH

-H

ULL

F

ITTINGS AND

C

UTOUTS

S

TARBOARD

T

HROUGH

-H

ULL

F

ITTINGS

(F

IG

. 2.12.1)

T

S

R

A

C

D F G L

M N

Q

B

E H I

J

K

O P

A

B

C

D

E

F

GENERATOR EXHAUST

ENGINE EXHAUST BYPASS

LINER HATCH DRAIN

SALON AC DISCHARGE

FUEL TANK VENT

WATER HEATER OVERFLOW

G

H

I

J

K

GREY WATER HOLDING TANK VENT (OPTIONAL)

GALLEY SINK DRAIN (DELETED

W/GREY WATER OPTION)

FORWARD BILGE PUMP

CABIN BILGE PUMP

WASHER DISCHARGE (OPTIONAL)

L

M

N

O

P

DRYER VENT (OPTIONAL)

GALLEY VENT

MASTER HEAD SINK DRAIN

SHOWER SUMP

MASTER HEAD VENT

R

S

T

Q BOW THRUSTER

(OPTIONAL)

ROPE LOCKER DRAIN

HORN

BOW HATCH DRAIN

P

ORT

T

HROUGH

-H

ULL

F

ITTINGS

(F

IG

. 2.12.2)

L

2.12

A

B

C

C

D

A

B

ROPE LOCKER DRAIN

BOW THRUSTER

(OPTIONAL)

GUEST HEAD VENT

A/C DISCHARGE

D E

E

F

G

H

F

GUEST HEAD SINK

DRAIN

WATER TANK VENT

HOLDING TANK VENT

FUEL TANK VENT

K

L

I

J

G

H

SALON FLOOR DRAIN

LINER HATCH DRAIN

ENGINE EXHAUST BYPASS

AFT BILGE PUMP

I

J

K

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

F

UNCTION AND

L

OCATION OF

T

HROUGH

-H

ULL

F

ITTINGS AND

C

UTOUTS

B

ILGE

T

HROUGH

-H

ULL

F

ITTINGS

(F

IG

. 2.13.1)

B C D

E

FWD

A

L

F

NEED NEW DRAWING

G

K

J

I

A

B

C

D

PORT ENGINE EXHAUST

WASTE DISCHARGE (OPTIONAL)

GENERATOR PICKUP

PORT ENGINE SHAFT LOG TUBE

H

E

F

G

H

ENGINE RAW WATER PICKUP

TRANSDUCER

TRIDATA (OPTIONAL)

STARBOARD ENGINE SHAFT LOG TUBE

I

J

K

L

STARBOARD ENGINE EXHAUST

A/C PICKUP

STARBOARD RUDDER POST

PORT RUDDER POST

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 2.13

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

9. M

AJOR

C

ONTROLS

A. G

EAR

S

HIFTS AND

T

HROTTLE

C

ONTROLS

Standard on the 44 DB are dual hydraulic gear shift and throttle engine controls. Read and understand the information in the Owner’s Manual Packet for your yacht model’s gear and throttle control.

For safety’s sake and as a good habit to get into, always put the gear selector in the NEUTRAL position and the throttle selector in the IDLE position before starting the engines.

The gear shift levers have three positions:

FORWARD, NEUTRAL (center), and REVERSE.

The gear shift levers must be in the NEUTRAL position when starting the engines. A detent can be felt when the control is in exact neutral. Forward and reverse positions should always be in the full travel extremes in either direction for positive engagement and minimum wear. Each gear shift lever can be used independently from the other, for example, when idling one shift can be put in forward and the other in reverse for tight maneuvering. Shift gears only with engines idling.

The throttle controls regulate the RPM of the engines. Pushing the levers forward will increase engine RPM. Regulating RPM of the engines will control the speed of the boat through the water.

NOTE: Prior to starting engines, put throttles at IDLE and gearshifts in NEUTRAL.

O

PERATION

1. Throttle Levers:

Forward motion - increases Throttle

Aft Motion - Decreases Throttle

2. Gearshift Levers:

Forward Position - FORWARD

Center Position - NEUTRAL

Aft Position - REVERSE

M

AINTENANCE

The gear and throttle lever bodies are made of anodized aluminum. To clean them, a warm soapy water solution should be used. DO NOT use an abrasive compound.

E

NGINE

S

HIFT AND

T

HROTTLE

F

UNCTIONS

(F

IG

. 2.14.1)

PORT

FORWARD

STBD PORT STBD

FULL THROTTLE

NEUTRAL VARIABLE

2.14

REVERSE

ENGINE GEARSHIFTS ENGINE THROTTLES

IDLE

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

NOTE: Refer to your engine Owner’s Manual to operate the throttle arm by hand for maintenance.

! WARNING

Shift selector(s) to NEUTRAL before starting engines.

Shift only when engine is at IDLE.

Reversing at high speeds can cause flooding/ swamping due to water being pushed over the transom.

! CAUTION

Shift quickly; easing into gear can damage the transmission.

Hydraulic controls FORWARD and REVERSE positions should always be in full travel extremes in either direction for positive engagement and minimum wear.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

! WARNING

Adjust both throttles to the same position before turning the engine synchronization feature off. Failure to do so can cause a sudden port or starboard turn.

2. Turn ON “ENGINE SYNC”switch located on the control station switch panel (See Figure

2.10.1)

3. Both engines will adjust to the same rpm. The master (starboard) throttle will control both engines. Since the synchronizer is now controlling the slave (port) engine, the lever is

“limp” or noneffective.

T

O

T

URN

E

NGINE

S

YNCHRONIZER

O

FF

:

1. Both engines MUST be in the same throttle position.

2. Put the “ENGINE SYNC” switch in the OFF position. (Depress the bottom of the rockerswitch)

The engines will slowly ramp to their physical throttle settings.

B. E

NGINE

S

YNCHRONIZER

(O

PTIONAL

)

The engine synchronization feature is used to control the speed of both engines, electronically, using one throttle lever.

When the engine synchronizers are in operation, any engine speed differential is immediately sensed and automatically corrected. A single throttle movement is all that is necessary to ensure that both engines maintain identical RPM.

When the 44 DB is equipped with the standard engines the sychronizer is turned on by the ENGINE

SYNC switch on the control station switch panel.

Optional engines come with the synchronizer provided by that engine manufacturer. Refer to your

Owner’s Manual Packet for correct synchronizer operating instructions.

E

NGINE

S

YNCHRONIZER

O

PEATION

:

1. Have both engines running and advance speed slightly above idle.

The engine synchronization feature must be turned

OFF before docking or low speed maneuvering, this allows full and separate control of each engine. Failure to turn off the engine synchronization feature can cause personal injury, damage to the vessel, and/or the dock.

C. M

ARINE

C

!

RUISE

WARNING

C

ONTROL

S

WITCH

P

ANEL

The marine cruise control feature provides the operator with fingertip control of predetermined cruise speeds and the ability to increase or decrease engine RPM in 25-rpm increments. The control panel also displays critical engine information

(See figure 2.15.1).

1. ENGINE SYNC : The engine syncronization feature is used to electronically control the speed of both engines using one throttle lever.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 2.15

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

E

NGINE

S

YNCRONIZATION

S

WITCH

P

ANEL

(O

PTIONAL

)

(F

IG

. 2.16.1)

ENGINE

SYNC

CRUISE 1

OFF

CRUISE 2

SLOW

IDLE

RPM

+/-

PORT

WAIT

TO

START

ENGINE

MAINT.

STBD

WAIT

TO

START

ENGINE

MAINT.

STOP

ENGINE

CHECK

ENGINE

STOP

ENGINE

CHECK

ENGINE

2. CRUISE 1/OFF/CRUISE 2 : The cruise feature provides two (2) adjustable engine speeds. The cruise control can be used to run the engines at the optimal cruise rpm or trolling rpm.

CRUISE 1 has a default setting of 2100 rpm.

CRUISE 2 has a default setting of 1200 rpm.

NOTE: The marine cruise control feature can be used in conjunction with the engine syncronization feature.

3. SLOW IDLE : The SLOW-IDLE feature allows for lower idle speed for operation in “No Wake

Zones”. When activated, the SLOW-IDLE feature reduces the engine speed to 550rpm.

4. RPM +/: The engine speed control switch allows the idle speed to be adjusted in 25 rpm increments by pressing the rocker switch.

Pressing the top of the rocker switch

INCREASES engine rpm.

Pressing the bottom of the rocker switch

DECREASES engine rpm.

NOTE: Use slow deliberate clicks to increase or decrease the engine rpm.

to be shut down before permanent damages occurs to the engine.

NOTE: If the STOP ENGINE LIGHT is activated, the engine MUST be shut off as soon as it can be shut off safely. The engine MUST NOT be run until the fault is corrected.

This lamp is also used to flash out the fault code number in the diagnostics mode.

3. ENGINE MAINT.: The ENGINE MAINT. lamp is activated when engine maintenance is required.

4. CHECK ENGINE: The CHECK ENGINE lamp is activated during a non-fatal system error. The engine can still be run, but the fault must be corrected as soon as possible.

! WARNING

The engine synchronization feature must be turned

OFF before docking or low speed maneuvering, this allows full and separate control of each engine. Failure to turn off the engine synchronization feature can cause personal injury, damage to the vessel, and/or the dock.

S

TANDARD

E

NGINE

S

YNCHRONIZER

:

1.

WAIT TO START: The WAIT TO START lamp is only used on engines with an intake air heater system such as B-series and C-series engines.

2. STOP ENGINE: The STOP ENGINE light is a red lamp which indicates that the engine needs

NOTE: In the diagnostics mode, the CHECK

ENGINE lamp displays in three (3) digit fault codes.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

2.16

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

D. O

PTIONAL

L

OWER

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

G

EAR

S

HIFT AND

T

HROTTLE

C

ONTROLS

If equipped with the optional lower control station

(See figure 2.7.2), standard controls include the

Mathers ® gear shift and throttle engine controls.

Basic operation of the Mathers ® controls can be found in Section 3 - Using Your Boat , page 3.7. Also, read and understand the information in the Owner’s

Manual Packet for your yacht model’s gear and throttle control and refer to the Quick Reference

Card in your Owner’s Packet for additional operational instructions.

Your yacht has start in-gear protection. For safety’s sake and as a good habit to get into, always put the gear selector in the NEUTRAL position and the throttle selector in the IDLE position before starting the engines.

Follow the engine START sequence according to the Engine Owner’s Manual. Also see Section 3 -

Using Your Boat, page 3.4

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

T

RIM

T

ABS

S

WITCH

(F

IG

. 2.17.1)

R

UNNING

A

TTITUDE

BOW DOWN

BOW DOWN

BOW DOWN

BOW UP

BOW UP

UP

DO

WN

L

IST

......

PORT

STARBOARD

PORT

STARBOARD

P

USH

TOP OF BOTH ROCKERS

TOP OF STARBOARD ROCKER

TOP OF PORT ROCKER

BOTTOM OF STARBOARD ROCKER

BOTTOM OF PORT ROCKER

H

YDRAULIC

T

RIM

T

ABS

(F

IG

. 2.17.2)

C

D

E

F

G

A

B

TRIM PLANE SWITCH (AT HELM)

HYDRAULIC RAMS

TRIM PLANE ZINC

STBD TRIM PLANE

PORT TRIM PLANE

RESERVOIR FILL

TRIM TAB PUMP

G

A

B

E. H

YDRAULIC

T

RIM

T

ABS

The trim tabs on your Sea Ray ® are operated with a rocker type momentary switch at the control station. They are protected by a circuit breaker on the control station breaker panel which must be ON to use the trim tabs .

To trim the bow of your boat down, push the top halves of BOTH rockers down in momentary bursts. If you hold the rockers down, you will over trim the boat and the bow will dig in. To correct overtrimming, push bottom halves of BOTH rockers to obtain desired planing angle.

The trim tabs on the transom of your boat can also be used to trim the list of your boat (See chart, next column) that may be caused by improper storage of gear, too many people on one side or a strong

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

B

F

D

C

C

E cross wind. Operation of the rocker switch should be momentary bursts to achieve proper attitude of the hull.

When running wide open, most boats do not require any trim unless heavily loaded.

In heavy following seas or when running in an inlet, best maneuverability is obtained with a bow high

2.17

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT attitude. To be sure the tabs are full up in the zero position, push the bottom halves of BOTH rockers for several seconds.

The trim tab pump is located in the bilge on the transom. To service the unit, remove the tinted plastic cover to gain access to reservoir fill plug and motor parts. Hydraulic trim tabs use Type A

Dexron II automatic transmission fluid, which should be filled up to the FULL mark on the pump base.

Add fluid with the trim tabs in the up position only.

E

FFECTS OF TRIMMING

(F

IG

. 2.18.1)

BOW-DOWN (“PLOWING”)

Your boat is designed to plane at a particular speed and weight distribution. As speed decreases or weight increases, the stern will settle lower in the water and the hull will create and push a hill of water,increasing drag and requiring more power to move through the water.

! WARNING

MANEUVERING/CONTROL HAZARD

Ensure continuous visibility of other boats, swimmers, and obstacles during bow-up transition to planing.

Hydraulic trim tabs are adjusted independently of each other, enabling adjustment of bow attitude up and down as well as to correct for side to side list.

Trim tabs can also be used to provide attitude adjustment at lower speeds.

PROPER TRIM (3-5° BOW-UP ANGLE)

A P

ROPERLY

T

RIMMED

B

OAT

:

• Operates at a correct running attitude of a 3 to

5 degree angle to the water (bow slightly up).

• Reduces drag and increases fuel efficiency.

• Preserves good forward visibility.

• Increases safety.

Use short bursts of rocker switches to adjust trim tabs. Pushing switches too far at once may cause sudden steering problems. Adjusting one trim tab more than the other will adjust list caused by improper equipment storage, too many people on one side or a strong cross wind.

BOW-UP (“PORPOISING”)

EFFECTS OF PORT AND STBD TRIM TAB ADJUSTMENT

PORT TAB DOWN

PORT STERN UP

STBD BOW DOWN

BOTH NEUTRAL

NO CHANGE IN LIST

STBD TAB DOWN

STBD STERN UP

PORT BOW DOWN

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

2.18

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

10. I

MPORTANT

G

AUGES

A. T

ACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates the revolutions per minute

(RPM) of the engine. (It does not indicate the speed of the boat.) Your

Engine Operator’s

Manual indicates the maximum full throttle

RPM at which your engine should operate.

This must not be exceeded or serious engine damage will occur. The tachometer should also be used to determine the most comfortable and economical cruising RPM.

and away from the fuel sending unit. Because gauge readings are approximate, they should be compared to the hours of use versus known fuel consumption

(GPH).

V

OLTMETER

The voltmeter gauge indicates battery bank voltage. Each engine operating voltage will range between 12.0 to 16.5

volts when the alternator is charging. Significantly higher or lower readings indicate a battery problem, alternator

,malfunction or heavy battery drain.

B. 4-

IN

-1 M

ULTIGAUGE

O

V

IL

P

RESSURE

OLTMETER

, W

AND

F

Your yacht is equipped with a quad gauge unit which displays, in analog format, engine oil pressure, water temperature, voltage and respective port and starboard fuel tank levels.

ATER

UEL

T

G

EMPERATURE

AUGES

,

F

UEL

G

AUGE

The fuel gauge indicates the amount of fuel in the fuel tank.

The most accurate reading of the fuel gauge is at idle speeds when your boat is in an approximately level position. At slow plane, when your boat is in a bow up position the gauge will read inaccurately because the fuel in the tanks travel to the rear of the tanks

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

O

IL

P

RESSURE

G

AUGE

The oil gauge is often the best indicator of engine problems or difficulties. Maximum pressure is controlled by a preset valve in the oil pump.

Note the reading which this gauge records after the breakin-period, as it is the “norm” which can be used as reference during the life of the engine. IF A COMPLETE LOSS OF OIL

PRESSURE OCCURS, TURN ENGINE OFF AT

ONCE. Continued running after loss of pressure will cause engine damage. First, manually check the oil level. If low oil level is not the cause, consult your Sea Ray ® dealer. DO NOT RESTART THE

ENGINE UNTIL THE PROBLEM HAS BEEN

CORRECTED.

Slight fluctuations in gauge readings are not uncommon during operation and may be due to the characteristics of the lubricating oil. Greater fluctuations should be investigated. The cause may be a clogged oil filter element which should be replaced with every oil change.

2.19

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

W

ATER

T

EMPERATURE

G

AUGE

The water temperature gauge indicates temperature of the cooling water circulating inside the engine. Your engine is equipped with a thermostat so a predetermined engine temperature should be reached soon after starting the engine and maintained thereafter while the engine is running. Refer to your Engine Operator’s

Manual for proper gauge readings. If the temperature approaches above normal on your gauge, shut down engine at once.

C. H

OURMETER

The hourmeters measure cumulative hours of operating time on the engines and generator. They should be used to keep a careful log of engine maintenance as well as performance data and fuel consumption. Hourmeters for engines are located in different locations with varying engine options.

Each location is described below:

Standard Engines: Engine hourmeters are located on the tachometer at the control station. Refer to the engine or seperate engine system monitor operator’s manual for proper operation.

Optional Engines: Engine hoursmeters are incorporated into the SmartCraft TM System View digital display monitor on the gauge panel at the helm. Refer to the SmartCraft TM owner’s manual for proper operation.

Generator: The generator hourmeter is located on the generator.

D. F

IRE

S

YSTEM

I

NDICATOR

The system indicator and switch module (ENGINE

SHUTDOWN AND

OVERRIDE SYSTEM) located at the control station is wired to the ignition and turned ON when ignition is turned ON. The CHARGE and

DISCHARGE indicator lights, indicate to the helmsman when the unit has discharged.

Under normal circumstances, when the ignition is

ON the CHARGE indicator light is ON. If the unit discharges, the CHARGE light will go OFF and the

DISCHARGE light will turn ON. The system incorporates an engine shutdown switch with override system. When the system discharges it will shut down the engines.

After the engine room has been inspected and it has been determined safe and you are ready to restart the engines, activate the OVERRIDE switch.

Then restart the engines.

E. S

YNCHRONIZER

G

AUGE

(O

PTIONAL

)

The synchronizer gauge indicates which engine is running slower by the needle registering to the slower engine. To synchronize the engines, adjust the engine RPM with the throttles until the needle is centered in the gauge. The engine synchronizer is designed to operate between

1500 RPM and Wide Open Throttle (WOT).

When engines are not under load and running in neutral gear, they will tend to surge and indicate out of synchronization very easily.

REFER TO YOUR ENGINE OPERATOR’S

MANUAL FOR PROPER GAUGE READING.

2.20

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

F. M

AGNETIC

C

OMPASS

Your compass, properly corrected, will indicate magnetic North (not true North). A compass must be adjusted by a qualified person. The reason for this is that nearby instruments or objects containing magnets or current-carrying electrical wires will influence the compass reading. This is especially true if you add electronic devices to the helm station.

After your compass has been professionally adjusted. You will be given a deviation card or chart indicating the correction to be applied when laying out a compass course or making navigational calculations. Keep this correction card or chart at the helm.

NOTE: The compass adjustment is only good for the equipment arrangement that existed at the time of the adjustment. If you place different equipment or remove equipment from the vicinity of the compass, you cannot rely on the compass reading.

The compass must be readjusted by a qualified person after equipment is added or removed from the vicinity of the compass.

NOTE: The compass roses shown on navigational charts have both true North and magnetic North directions superimposed. Make certain you plot course compass directions from the magnetic

North compass rose.

When not in use, the compass should be protected from excessive and prolonged sunlight. If your compass becomes sluggish or erratic, it should be serviced by an authorized repair station.

To keep the plexiglass dome free from scratches, remove salt deposits and dust with a damp cloth.

An occasional treatment with paste wax will help preserve the dome surface.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

G. S

YSTEMS

M

ONITOR

The Systems Monitor located at the control station consists of a Display Control Module (DCM) located at the control station and a Bilge Interface Module

(BIM) located on the bilge component board. The

DCM and BIM are connected to each other by a coax cable and the BIM is continuously looking at all inputs for an alarm condition.

The Systems Monitor is connected directly to the

12 volt battery bank through a circuit breaker and continuously monitors the bilge pumps and emergency high water pumps. The engine and generator functions are only active when ignition voltage is turned on. The circuit breaker is on the main DC breaker panel located on the bilge component board.

The BIM collects signals from critical engine functions, generator oil pressure, bilge pumps and high water emergency bilge pumps and transmits that information to be displayed on the DCM.

The features of the DCM include a two line LCD display with backlighting of the display, audible alarm and an Audible Reset/Alarm Select push button switch.

S

YSTEMS

M

ONITOR

D

ISPLAY

C

ONTROL

M

ONITOR

(DCM)

(F

IG

. 2.21.1)

SEA RAY BOATS

ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL

SYSTEMS MONITOR

AUDIBLE RESET

ALARM SELECT

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 2.21

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

The LCD display will read in two lines. For example, at normal operation it will read:

SEA RAY BOATS

ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL

NOTE: Some functions only read on one line. See page 2.20 (DCM functions) for all DCM display readouts.

Backlighting of the LCD is achieved by turning ON the running lights switch. Intensity is controlled by the electronic dimmer control. Both are located on the control station switch panel.

A

UDIBLE

A

LARMS

An audible alarm will sound to alert the operator to look at the DCM and determine the high level fault.

Only high level faults such as critical engine functions, generator and emergency pumps will have an audible alarm. The forward and aft bilge pumps do not have an audible alarm, instead the

DCM will display those functions.

!

CAUTION

Never ignore an alarm.

A

UDIBLE

R

ESET

/A

LARM

S

ELECT

The Audible Reset/Alarm Select push button switch on the DCM is a dual purpose switch. It enables the operator to reset an audible alarm or to manually scroll the display during multiple alarms.

The Audible Reset is used to temporarily quiet an alarm that is displayed on the LCD. If that function is not corrected within 30 seconds, the audible alarm will sound again. Pushing the switch again will permanently quiet (turn off) the audible alarm for that function. The LCD will still display that fault until it is corrected.

The Alarm Select is active only during multiple alarms. For example, if the engine oil pressure, forward emergency pump and transmission

2.22

temperature had faults at the same time, the systems monitor would sound an audible alarm and would display the alarm with the highest priority.

Each push of the switch will show the new alarm and then the LCD will automatically scroll through the multiple alarm functions approximately every three (3) seconds. By pushing on the switch, the operator will be able to manually scroll the LCD for faulting functions.

To monitor critical engine functions and generator oil pressure:

1. The 12 volt main battery solenoid switches must be energized either at the main DC breaker panel on the aft port engine room component board or the DC distribution panel on the port side just aft of the dinette.

2. At the DC distribution panel, turn the port and starboard master ignition key switches to the

ON position.

3. At the control station, locate the port and starboard START/RUN switches. Without starting the engines, push the START/RUN switches to the RUN position. The Display

Control Monitor (DCM) will display:

SEA RAY BOATS

ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL

NOTE: The generator and engines will have an alarm as soon as ignition is turned on.

4. Start the engines per the engine start instructions in Section 3, page 3.4.

5. Start the generator per the generator start instructions in Section 3, page 3.7.

With the main engines and generator engine running, the yacht’s Systems Monitor is fully activated. When the engine and generator engine ignition is turned OFF, approximately five (5) minutes later the LCD will go into a “Sleep Mode” and the display will be blank. Engine and generator functions are disabled because they are unnecessary, however, all emergency high water pumps are still being monitored.

The DCM Function Table shows each function, describes the function and shows how it is displayed on the DCM.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

If your Systems Monitor does not operate or display functions correctly per the instructions provided, recycle the circuit breaker by pushing the circuit breaker to the OFF position and then pushing it to the ON position. Use a small tool that will fit through the hole to push the breaker to the OFF position.

D

ISPLAY

C

ONTROL

M

ODULE

(DCM) F

UNCTION

T

ABLE

Function

Normal Operation

BIM Coax Cable to DCM

Forward Emergency *

Aft Emergency *

Forward Bilge

Aft Bilge

Oil Pressure *

Water Temperature *

Exhaust Temperature *

No Alarms

Description

Cable Connection Fault

Forward Emergency Pump Under the

Master Stateroom Hatch is Running

Aft Emergency Pump in the Engine

Room is Running

Forward Bilge Pump in the Engine

Room is Running

Aft Bilge Pump in the Engine Room is Running

Engine Oil Pressure Too Low

Engine Cooling System Too Hot

Transmission Temperature * Transmission Cooling System is Hot

Engine Malfunction, Exhaust Too Hot

Generator Alarm * Generator Oil Pressure is Low

Generator Stopped Running

* Function has an audible alarm

DCM

SEA RAY BOATS

ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL

DATA LINK FAILURE

ALARM SYSTEM OFF-LINE

PUMP ALARM

FORWARD EMERGENCY

PUMP ALARM

AFT EMERGENCY

PUMP ALARM

FORWARD BILGE

PUMP ALARM

AFT BILGE

PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM

OIL PRESSURE

PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM

WATER TEMPERATURE

PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM

TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE

PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM

EXHAUST TEMPERATURE

GENERATOR ALARM

(No Second Line Reading)

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 2.23

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

H. S

MARTCRAFT

If equipped the Smartcraft System “System View” control panel is located at the control station. The

SC5000 System View Display is a comprehensive boat information center. This system allows the boat operator to monitor a wealth of critical operational information which is displayed clearly and instantly at the helm.

S

MARTCRAFT

S

YSTEM

“S

YSTEM

V

IEW

” (O

PTIONAL

)

(F

IG

. 2.24.1)

I. S

EA

R

AY

N

AVIGATOR

(SRN) (O

PTIONAL

)

Your boat may be equipped with the optional Sea

Ray Navigator. The SRN, located in the center of the gauge panel at the helm, is an onboard computer touch screen navigation aid capable of navigating you through the waters and your boat.

S

EA

R

AY

N

AVIGATOR

(O

PTIONAL

)

(F

IG

. 2.24.2)

+

-

PWR

NAVIGATOR

The system monitors water temperature and depth, engine trim, engine rpm, steering angle, system preventive maintenance reminders, and systems diagnostics.

In addition the system can be integrated with the boat’s GPS, If equipped, to provide up to the minute course, speed, and fuel-to-destination information.

S

YSTEM

C

ALIBRATION

(

FOR FIRST TIME USE

)

When using SmartCraft TM System View for the first time the system must be calibrated before normal use.

NOTE:

The detailed information listed which is standard on some models may be optional on others, or may not be available on some models based on engine and system configuration.

REFER TO THE SMARTCRAFT TM SYSTEM VIEW

OWNER’S MANUAL IN THE OWNER’S PACKET FOR

ALL SMARTCRAFT TM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS.

Some features include:

• Sea Ray Navigator (Charts, GPS and

Navigation)

• Contour (Contour and Depth of Ocean Floor)

• Tides & Currents (For your location & destination)

• Weather (Satellite)

• Virtual captain (Owner’s Manual)

• Help (Sea Ray Navigation Owner’s Manual)

( NOTE: Chart and contour data for your area may need to be installed. Maptech ® is continually updating software and systems. Some other features may also be under development and not yet installed at time of purchase. Refer to the SRN owner’s manual in the owner’s packet for all SRN operating instructions.)

To turn ON the SRN press the “PWR” switch on the face of the unit. Under normal operating conditions the power switch on the SRN power supply under the helm should be left in the ON position.

2.24

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

The SRN power supply is powered through the 12 volt electronics fuse block under the helm. If the

SRN fails to turn on check the power switch on the

SRN power supply and the fuse on the fuse block or the external circuit breaker on the power supply.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

11. N

AVIGATION AND

A

NCHOR

L

IGHTS

Navigation lights MUST be on while underway from sunset to sunrise or in conditions of reduced visibility. “Underway” means the boat is not docked or at anchor. Trolling or drifting with engine off is considered “underway” and navigation lights must be used.

If you are anchored in open water, i.e. where other boats can approach yours, you must display your anchor light: a white light that can be seen from all possible directions, i.e. 360 degrees.

Read the “Federal Requirements and Safety Tips for Recreational Boats” provided in your kit.

T

O

O

PERATE

T

HE

R

UNNING

L

IGHTS

:

Push RUNNING switch on control station switch panel to the ON position.

T

O

O

PERATE

T

HE

A

NCHOR

L

IGHTS

:

Push ANCHOR switch on control station switch panel to the ON position.

A. C

ONSOLE

D

IMMER

There is a DIMMER control switch located on the control station switch panel which controls the intensity of the gauge and switch panel lights. The gauge and switch panel lights are energized when the navigation running lights are turned on. With

Smart Craft installed, gauge lighting will be controlled by the system view display.

N

AVIGATION

L

IGHTS

(F

IG

. 2.25.1)

RED LIGHT

(VISIBLE 2

NAUTICAL MILES)

MAST LIGHT,

WHITE LIGHT

(VISIBLE 3

NAUTICAL MILES)

STERN LIGHT,

WHITE LIGHT

(VISIBLE 2

NAUTICAL MILES)

GREEN LIGHT

(VISIBLE 2

NAUTICAL MILES)

NEED NEW DRAWING

ALL-ROUND LIGHT,

WHITE LIGHT

(VISIBLE 3

NAUTICAL MILES)

If you opt to install additional equipment on the hard top, it then becomes your responsibility to reevaluate your lighting situation to make certain the navigation lights on your boat meet government navigational lighting requirements. You will most likely have to raise the mast light. Consider the weight of the equipment you install; be certain it is not to heavy for your sport spoiler or optional hard top.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 2.25

12. S

WITCH AND

R

ECEPTACLE

L

AYOUT

S

WITCHS

& R

ECEPTACLES

(F

IG

. 2.26.1)

H

T U

V

C D

OK TO

FLUSH

DO NOT

FLUSH

E

Q R S

J O

P

CABIN AC & DC

POWER

DISTRIBUTION

PANELS

M

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

CO

FF

COFFEE MAKE

OR

A

B

C

OK TO

FLUSH

DO NOT

FLUSH

D

F

A

OR

E

G

H

B

A

B

R

S

T

U

O

P

Q

V

J

K

L

M

N

F

G

H

I

C

D

E

120V RECEPTACLE

220V RECEPTACLE (EUROPEAN

OPTION ONLY)

HEAD LIGHTS

HOLDING TANK INDICATOR

POWER VENT

GALLEY LIGHT

POWER VENT

A/C CONTROL

COCKPIT/BRIDGE LIGHT

SALON LIGHTS

INDIRECT LIGHTS

BILGE LIGHTS

COCKPIT LIGHTS

INDIRECT LIGHTS

COMPANIONWAY LIGHTS

INDIRECT LIGHTS

SWIVEL LIGHTS

INDIRECT LIGHTS

STATEROOM LIGHTS

VALANCE LIGHTS

INDIRECT LIGHTS

STATEROOM LIGHTS

A

I

A

OR

B

OR

B

L

M

J

K

N

2.26

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

S

WITCH AND

R

ECEPTACLE

L

AYOUT

S

WITCHS

& R

ECEPTACLES

(F

IG

. 2.27.1)

D

F

A

B

OR

F

H

A

B

H

I

F

G

C

D

E

GFI

RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT

BREAKER (EUROPEAN OPTION ONLY)

12 VOLT RECEPTACLE

TELEPHONE PLUG

FIRE EXTINGUISHER MANUAL PULL

CARBON MONOXIDE MONITOR

VACUUM INLET

120V RECEPTACLE

220V RECEPTACLE (EUROPEAN OPTION

ONLY)

A

B

OR

OR

I

A

C

OR

B

D

CO

FF

EE

M

ER

AK

PORT STATEROOM

G

C

F

E

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 2.27

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

13. L

IGHTING

L

AYOUT

L

IGHTING

(F

IG

. 2.28.1)

SWIVEL LIGHT

A A

A

BULB REPLACEMENT

HALOGEN 12V 10W

BI-PRONG

ROUND LIGHT

PORT STATEROOM

A

D B B

A

B

D B

B

B D

B

B

B

BULB REPLACEMENT

HALOGEN 12V 10W

BI-PRONG

COCKPIT

OVERHEAD LIGHT

EE

M

AK

ER

CO

FF B

B B

B

C

BULB REPLACEMENT

HALOGEN 12V 10W

BI-PRONG

STORAGE LIGHT

E

B

B

B B

B B

B

D

BULB REPLACEMENT

BULB#CEC1141

GALLEY AREA

F

F

F

B

B

C

D

C

INDIRECT LIGHTING

12V BULBS ARE NOT

REPLACEABLE. MUST

E

REPLACE STRING OF

LIGHTS

STEP LIGHT

2.28

F

LED

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

L

IGHTING

L

AYOUT

L

IGHTING

(F

IG

. 2.29.1) COCKPIT LIGHT &

STERN NAV. LIGHT

SPOILER LIGHTING

D

FWD

A

BULB REPLACEMENT

FUSE TYPE BULB

#12V10WPERKO #70-0

STORAGE &

ENGINE ROOM

A

B

BULB

REPLACEMENT

BULB#CEC1141

BRIDGE SIDE

NAV. LIGHT

COCKPIT & ENGINE ROOM LIGHTING

B

SALON ENGINE

HATCHES

A

B

B

B

COCKPIT

ENGINE ROOM

HATCH

B

B

A

C

A

A

C

A

C

C

BULB REPLACEMENT

BULB #70DP/67DP2

MAST NAV. LIGHT

D

BULB REPLACEMENT

FUSE TYPE BULB

12V10WPERKO #70

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 2.29

S

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

B

OAT

A

RRANGEMENT

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

2.30

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

1. P

REPARING TO

D

EPART

As the owner/operator of a Sea Ray ® yacht, you are responsible for the safe operation of your boat and the safety of your passengers. Always be sure that required documents, navigational equipment and Coast Guard required safety equipment is aboard and in proper working order.

G

ENERAL

1. Weather forecast - Safe conditions existing for length of trip.

2. Passengers/Crew - Instructed in duties for getting underway and fitted for a correct size

PFD. One (1) PFD for every person aboard.

3. Tool Box - Stocked with a variety of appropriate tools.

4. Lines, Fenders and Anchor - Ready for use.

5. Float Plan - shared with friend or relative not on trip.

6. Navigation Charts - Available for trip.

B

OAT

S

YSTEMS

1. Equipment - Make sure all equipment is stored properly.

2. Radio and Navigation Equipment - Check for proper working condition.

3. Bilge/Engine Compartment - “Sniff” the bilge/ engine compartment for fuel odor. Run the bilge blowers for at least Four (4) minutes. Confirm air flow through hull vents.

4. Bilge Pumps - Assure that all bilge pumps function properly.

5. Shore Power Cable - Disconnected from dockside power inlet.

6. Trim Tabs - Full range of motion. No excessive play or binding.

7. Fresh Water Tank - Filled and sanitized.

8. Head System Holding Tank - Empty

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

9. Seacocks - Open (handle parallel to hose).

E

NGINE

1. Fuel - Be sure that you have sufficient recommended fuel for the trip.

2. Fuel System - Check for leaks.

3. Racor Fuel Filters - Check that filters are clean, tight and free of water.

4. Fluid levels - Check engine oil and steering fluid levels.

5. Coolant Drain Plugs - Secured

6. Batteries - Fully charged (Check water cell levels).

7. Battery Switches - Check for proper working condition.

8. Fuel valves - Open

9. Engine Alarm - Test. Should sound after a few seconds.

10. Gear Shift and Throttle Controls - Full range of motion. In NEUTRAL and IDLE positions.

2. W

HILE

U

NDERWAY

G

ENERAL

1. Passengers/crew - Safely seated with PFD’s on or immediately accessible. Keep passengers safe.

2. Lines, fenders and anchor - Safely stowed.

3. Opeation - Gradual acceleration/deceleration and turning.

4. Surroundings - Be aware of other boats, swimmers, floating debris, etc. at all times.

5. Carbon Monoxide (CO) - Operate so as to prevent buildup.

6. Weather - Monitor frequently.

3.1

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

7. Navigation - Adhere to navigational aids in the water and on shore.

8. Fuel - Check consumption regularly.

B

OAT

S

YSTEMS

1. Trim Tabs - Bring boat to “On Plane”.

2. Navigation lights - On at night or in reduced visibility.

E

NGINE

1. Tachometers - Engines operating in safe RPM range (refer to the Engine Owner’s Manual for your specific engine).

2. Engine Gauges - Monitor continually.

3. Engine Operation - Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises and visually check the engine compartment while underway.

3. R

ETURNING TO

P

ORT

G

ENERAL

1. Passengers/crew - Instructed in duties for line handling.

2. Lines, fenders and anchor - Ready for use.

B

OAT

S

YSTEMS

1. Anchor Light - ON if necessary.

2. Bilge/Engine Compartment - “Sniff” the bilge/ engine compartment for fuel odor. Run the bilge blowers if necessary. Check for water in the bilge. Run bilge pumps if necessary.

E

NGINES

1. Gearshift & Throttle Controls - Bring to

NEUTRAL and IDLE positions.

2. Tachometers - Idle the engines for five (5) minutes to cool down.

3. Ignition - Depress EMERGENCY STOP/STOP switches on the helm switch panel when engines are cooled down.

4. Engine Operation - Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises.

4. S

ECURING THE

B

OAT

G

ENERAL

1. Shore Power Cables - Connected to dockside power inlet.

2. Fenders and Lines - Fenders in place, lines tied securely to dock.

3.

Equipment Dry and stored.

4.

Float Plan Notify person who had float plan that you have returned.

5.

Canvas Properly install canvas covers

6.

Hull Inspect for damage

B

OAT

S

YSTEMS

1. Seacocks - Closed (handle perpendicular to hose).

2. Helm Switch Panel - All switches in the OFF position.

3. Gearshift/Throttle Controls - In the NEUTRAL and IDLE position.

4. Navigation Lights - Turned OFF.

E

NGINES

1. Ignition - Switched in the OFF position (lights off) and master ignition keys removed from DC distribution panel.

2. Battery Switches - In the OFF position.

3. Fuel Valves - Closed (handle perpendicular to hose).

3.2

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

5. F

UELING THE

B

OAT

Certain precautions must be carefully and completely observed every time a boat is fueled, even with diesel fuel. Diesel fuel is nonexplosive but it will burn.

F

UEL

F

ILL

L

OCATIONS

(F

IG

. 3.3.1)

PORT FUEL FILL

A. G

ENERAL

• Fuel during daylight.

• Fire extinguisher – close at hand.

• Mooring – boat tied securely to fueling pier.

• Crew – at least one knowledgeable person present.

• Passengers – unnecessary people off the boat.

• Engines – stopped.

• Electrical equipment, including blowers – power off.

• Close all hatches, doors and keep engine compartment closed to prevent fumes from entering the cabin or cockpit areas.

• Smoking material – extinguished.

• Inboard tanks – grounded.

• Filler pipe – marked DIESEL.

• Fuel nozzle – in contact with filler pipe to prevent static sparks.

• Avoid spills – fill less than rated capacity of tank; allow for fuel expansion.

• Trim – fuel weight distributed equally.

B. F

ILLING THE

T

ANK

• Check the fill plate label to ensure that fuel is placed ONLY in the fuel tank. The fuel fill plates are located on the port and starboard aft gunwales (Figure 3.3.1).

• Know your fuel capacity and consumption.

Record the amount of fuel used since your last fill up, and compute the engine’s hourly fuel usage. As a fuel gauge backup check, deduct the average hourly fuel usage from fuel tank capacity.

• Observe the “Rule of Thirds”: one-third fuel for trip out, one-third for return and one-third for reserve.

• Allow an additional 15 percent fuel reserve when operating in rough seas.

• Listen as the tank fills and stop adding fuel before it spills from the fuel fill opening.

C. A

FTER

F

ILLING

• Windows, doors, hatches - open.

• DO NOT wash spilled fuel overboard. Wipe up any spill with rags or paper towels and dispose of them properly on shore.

• Sniff test - if fuel fumes remain, operate blowers until fumes are gone.

• Fuel tank - secure filler cap.

6. B

STBD FUEL FILL

OARDING

• DO NOT overload the boat. Refer to builder’s plate located at the helm (See Figure 1.6.1).

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 3.3

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

! WARNING

Wet decks are slippery.

You can be seriously injured if you slip and fall.

Wear slip-resistant footwear secured to your feet and hold onto rails or boat structure.

• If there are passengers not wearing PFDs, the

PFDs must be readily accessible. “Readily accessible” means out of the storage bag and unbuckled.

• All throwable flotation devices (cushions, rings, etc.) must be right at hand.

Load to less than capacity in adverse conditions.

• Board one person at a time and give assistance as needed.

• Transfer gear and equipment by handing it from a person on the dock to a person on board. You can lose your balance and be injured if you attempt to board while carrying equipment or gear.

• Distribute the weight of equipment and passengers as evenly as possible to keep the boat balanced.

• Stow gear and equipment so that it is accessible, but everything is to be stored in places so as to prevent it from flying about if the boat encounters rough water or weather.

8. P

ASSENGER

I

NSTRUCTION AND

L

OCATION

• Everyone on board must be told about the boat’s behavior from starting to getting up on plane.

• Before the operator does any high-speed maneuvers or rapidly accelerates or decelerates the boat, passengers must be warned to sit and hold on and must heed the warning.

• The operator may have to make rapid changes in speed and/or direction to avoid a problem, with little or no time for alerting passengers. It is critical that all passengers be seated in the designated seating areas and holding on to prevent falling overboard or getting knocked about in the boat at all times when the boat is underway.

7. P

ERSONAL

F

LOTATION

D

EVICES

(PFD’

S

)

• Operator must instruct all passengers on location and use of PFD’s (See Section 1-

Safety, page 1.5

for type and usage).

• Children less than sixteen (16) years of age and all non-swimmers, adults as well as children, must wear properly-sized PFDs at all times when aboard.

• ALL passengers should wear PFDs. By the time someone falls overboard, it can be to late for them to put on a PFD and fasten it properly.

This is especially true in colder waters, below

70 o F, where survival time, before hypothermia sets in, is measured in minutes.

9. S

TARTING THE

E

NGINES

The engine operation and maintenance manual furnished with your boat describes pre-start and starting procedures. The following notes are basic reminders and not intended to cover every detail of starting. We urge you to thoroughly read and understand your engine manual.

! WARNING

DO NOT run the engine or generator in an enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon monoxide.

3.4

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

1. Check that the battery solenoid switches are in the ENERGIZED position.

The Battery solenoid switches are located in the Main Disconnect

PORT

GEN

ENERGIZE

DE-ENERGIZE

STBD

Enclosure and the DC distribution panel located behind an access door in the port aft salon.

9. After ignition power is verified, check that the gear shift lever(s) are in the

NEUTRAL position and the throttle lever(s) at IDLE.

2. Check the fuel tank levels.

3. Check the oil and coolant levels. See your Engine

Operator’s Manual for proper readings.

4. Check engines for coolant drain plug installations.

5. Check seacocks for open position

6. Make sure strainers are clean and water tight (see Section

4 – Bilge and Underwater

Gear , page 4.11).

PSI/kP

F

1/2

E

SHIFT THROTTLE

0 F/ C

10. Push on the top of the ignition switches until the engines start. Do not operate

PORT IGN

STOP START/RUN

EMERG

START

STBD IGN

STOP START/RUN starter for more than

10 seconds without allowing starter to cool for two (2) minutes. This will also allow the batteries to recover between starting attempts. Once engine has started and sufficient oil pressure is achieved, alarm buzzer will stop.

Important: Check engine

RPM on tachometer as soon as engine starts. Do not allow RPM to exceed

1,500.

10

0

20

RPM

30

HOURMETER

0 0 0 0 0

40

7. Check the bilge for fuel fumes or liquid. start the engines until the source of fumes is determined and corrected and the bilge area is safely ventilated.

8. Turn on the master key switches located on the DC distribution panel (see

Section 6 –

System

NOTE:

Electrical

, pg. 6.10). Listen for alarms which indicate ignition power.

Do not

MASTER IGNITION

PORT STBD

Ignition switches on the control station must be in the RUN position.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

Note: Alarm will sound when:

• Engine oil pressure is too low.

• Engine temperature is too hot.

• Transmission oil is too low.

• Transmission temperature is too hot.

• Engine stalls.

• Exhaust temperature too high.

11. Check the oil pressure and look at exhaust port to assure that engine is pumping water.

40

12. Let the engines warm up at idle and check for leaks. If

0

PSI/kP engine is cold, run for a short period of time at fast idle speed that does not exceed 1500 RPM.

140

280

420

80

3.5

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

13. Shut down the engines and recheck fluid levels; top off if necessary.

NOTE: For general operation of the boat, its instruments and the engine, follow detailed instructions on “Engine Break-in” in the Engine

Operator’s Manual.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

E

NGINE

S

HIFT AND

T

HROTTLE

F

UNCTIONS

(F

IG

. 3.6.1)

PORT STBD PORT STBD

FORWARD

FULL

THROTTLE

NEUTRAL

VARIABLE

10. S

HIFTING TO

D

RIVE THE

B

OAT

Standard on the 44 DB are dual hydraulic gear shift and throttle engine controls.

NOTE: Your yacht has start in-gear protection. For safety’s sake and as a good habit to get into, always put the gear selector in the NEUTRAL position and the throttle selector in the IDLE position before starting the engines.

A. G

EAR

S

HIFTS AND

T

HROTTLE

C

ONTROLS

The gear shift lever for each engine (twin lever controls on port side of the control station)has three positions: FORWARD, NEUTRAL and REVERSE.

The control lever must be in the NEUTRAL (center) position when starting the engine(s). A positioning indent can be felt when the control is in exact

NEUTRAL. FORWARD and REVERSE positions should always be in full travel extremes in either direction for a positive engagement and minimum wear.

3.6

! WARNING

Shift selector(s) to NEUTRAL before starting engines.

Shift only when engine is at IDLE.

Reversing at high speeds can cause flooding/ swamping due to water being pushed over the transom.

REVERSE

ENGINE GEARSHIFTS ENGINE THROTTLES

IDLE

The throttle controls (twin lever controls on starboard side of control station) regulate the RPM of the engines. Periodically check and seasonally lubricate the linkage with medium weight oil.

NOTE: Prior to starting engines, put throttles at IDLE and gearshifts in NEUTRAL.

O

PERATION

1. Throttle Levers:

Forward motion - increases Throttle

Aft Motion - Decreases Throttle

2. Gearshift Levers:

Forward Position - FORWARD

Center Position - NEUTRAL

Aft Position - REVERSE

M

AINTENANCE

The clutch and throttle lever bodies are made of anodized aluminum. To clean them, a warm soapy water solution should be used. DO NOT use an abrasive compound.

NOTE: Refer to your engine Owner’s Manual to operate the throttle arm by hand for maintenance.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

! CAUTION

Cockpit can fill with water if boat is moving forward, when it is put into reverse.

Before shifting into reverse, shift to neutral, wait for the boat to stop moving forward, then shift into reverse.

! CAUTION

Shift quickly; easing into gear can damage the transmission.

Hydraulic controls FORWARD and REVERSE positions should always be in full travel extremes in either direction for positive engagement and minimum wear.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

E

NGINE

S

HIFT

& T

HROTTLE

F

UNCTIONS

(F

IG

. 3.7.1)

GEARSHIFT THROTTLE

FULL

FORWARD

THROTTLE

FORWARD

NEUTRAL

REVERSE

FORWARD

IDLE

REVERSE

GEARSHIFT THROTTLE

FULL

REVERSE

THROTTLE

A

B

B. O

PTIONAL

L

OWER

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

G

EAR

S

HIFT AND

T

HROTTLE

C

ONTROLS

Standard on the 44 DB lower control station is the

Mathers ® gear shift and throttle engine controls.

Read and understand the information in the Owner’s

Manual Packet for your yacht model’s gear and throttle control. Your yacht has start in-gear protection. For safety’s sake and as a good habit to get into, always put the gear selector in the

NEUTRAL position and the throttle

! WARNING

Shift selector(s) to NEUTRAL before starting engines.

Shift only when engine is at IDLE.

Reversing at high speeds can cause flooding/ swamping due to water being pushed over the transom.

D

A

B

C

D

SYNCHRONIZATION INDICATOR LIGHT

STBD STATION-IN-CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT

STATION TRANSFER CONTROL

PORT STATION-IN-CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT

! CAUTION

C

Shift quickly; easing into gear can damage the transmission.

Hydraulic controls FORWARD and REVERSE positions should always be in full travel extremes in either direction for positive engagement and minimum wear.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 3.7

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

! CAUTION

Cockpit can fill with water if boat is moving forward, when it is put into reverse.

Before shifting into reverse, shift to neutral, wait for the boat to stop moving forward, then shift into reverse.

selector in the IDLE position before starting the engines.

The gear shift lever has three positions:

FORWARD, NEUTRAL and REVERSE. The control lever must be in the NEUTRAL (center) position when starting the engine(s). A positioning indent can be felt when the control is in exact

NEUTRAL. FORWARD and REVERSE positions should always be in full travel extremes in either direction for a positive engagement and minimum wear.

The throttle control regulates the RPM of the engines. The control lever must be in the NEUTRAL

(center) position when starting the engine(s). A positioning indent can be felt when the control is in exact NEUTRAL (IDLE). Moving the lever further forward or backwards increases throttle and boat speed.

NOTE: Prior to starting engines, control levers must be in NEUTRAL.

T

AKE

C

OMMAND

To take command at a Station:

• Control Head lever(s) MUST be in the

Neutral detent.

• Operator must depress the transfer button for 1/2 second.

The tone will stop at all stations and the red LED indicator light on the Control Head will light, indicating the Station is in command.

NOTE: Only one Station has command at a time.

B

ASIC

O

PERATION

The Control Head has three detents: Astern,

Neutral, and Ahead (Figure 3.7.1). With the Control

Head lever(s) positioned in the Neutral (vertical) detent, the System will command Neutral and Idle

C

(F

ONTROL

IG

H

. 3.8.1)

EAD

D

ETENTS

O

PERATION

DC P

OWER

O

N

When CruiseCommand control system DC power is turned ON:

• Processor will command Neutral/Idle

• Intermittent ton will sound at all Stations indicating that no Station has command

RPM. Control Head lever movement of 15 degrees to the Ahead or Astern detent will command Ahead or Astern clutch engagement while the engine remains at Idle RPM. Further movement of the

Control Head lever will increase the engine RPM in proportion to the Control Head lever position.

M

AINTENANCE

The clutch and throttle lever bodies are made of anodized aluminum. To clean them, a warm soapy water solution should be used. DO NOT use an abrasive compound.

3.8

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

NOTE: Refer to your engine Owner’s Manual to operate the throttle arm by hand for maintenance.

E

NGINE

S

YNCHRONIZATION

M

ODE

(O

PTIONAL

)

The Mathers ® gearshift and throttle control system offers the option of automatic engine synchronization.

When the engine synchronizers are in operation, any engine speed differential is immediately sensed and automatically corrected. A single throttle movement is all that is necessary to ensure that both engines maintain identical RPM.

The system allows the operator the option to disable automatic engine synchronization while in synchronization mode.

T

O

D

ISABLE

• depress the station transfer button (See figure 3.7.1) for one second when the

Control Head levers are above 10 percent throttle.TO RE-ENABLE:

• Match the Control Head levers above 10 percent throttle in FORWARD, and then depress the station transfer button for one second. Automatic synchronization is again available, and Synchronization Mode is active.

T

ROLL

M

ODE

(O

PTIONAL

)

The optional integrated trolling valve control provides controlled slow speed operation and enhances operator control during docking maneuvers. A selector switch at the Mathers ® control station allows the operator to select TROLL or NON-TROLL.

When TROLL is selected, the system commands clutch direction, engine speed and trolling valve position.

T

O

O

PERATE

T

ROLLING

F

EATURE

:

• Select TROLL on the Control Head Position the throttle and gear levers in the idle ahead detent or idle astern detent:- Clutch engagement commanded.

- Throttle limited to idle RPM.

- Trolling valve commanded to

minimum clutch oil pressure.

- Propeller shaft turning at minimum

RPM

• Move the control lever(s) from the detent through the next 20 degrees:- Trolling valve adjusts to increase clutch oil pressure to increase shaft speed.

- Throttle limited to idle speed.

• Move the control lever(s) past 20 degrees.-

Trolling valve positioned to the maximum clutch oil pressure.

- Engine speed increased in

proportion to the control lever(s)

position.

Moving the control head lever(s) back to neutral will reverse the sequence. Operation in astern is the same as ahead. See Section 2 - Major Controls for additional operational information. See

Operational reference card in your owners packet for specific details.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 3.9

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

11. S

TOPPING THE

E

NGINES

1. Bring throttle controls to

IDLE position.

2. Bring gear shift controls to

NEUTRAL position.

3. Secure mooring lines.

4. Idle for five (5) minutes to cool the engines.

5. Press STOP

SHIFT THROTTLE

PORT IGN

STOP START/RUN

EMERG

START

STBD IGN

STOP START/RUN

1. Check fuel tank levels.

2. Check oil and coolant levels.

See Generator Operator’s

Manual for proper readings.

3. Check generator for coolant drain plug installation.

4. Open the generator seacock.

6. Turn master key switches to OFF.

MASTER IGNITION

PORT STBD

F

PSI/kP

1/2

E

! WARNING

DO NOT run the engine or generator in an enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon monoxide.

0 F/ C

12. S

TARTING THE

G

ENERATOR

Sea Ray ® strongly urges you to fully comply with the manual provided by the generator manufacturer. The generator is warranted separately by the generator manufacturer, NOT Sea Ray ® . Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty schedule in your Generator Operator’s Manual included in the

Owner’s Manual Packet. Generator abuse or improper maintenance may adversely affect claims made under generator manufacturer separate warranty.

NOTICE

Pre-start generator prior to getting underway as there is a possibility that it will not pick up water if started underway. Make sure the MAIN GENERATOR breaker is OFF and there is no load on the generator before starting it.

(Remote control switches are located on the main distribution panel or local switches on the generator.)

3.10

5. Turn off air conditioners and all other large appliances.

6. Run the bilge blowers for at least four minutes before starting and continuously any time the generator is running. If fuel fumes are detected, do not start the generator until the source of fumes is determined and corrected and the bilge area is safely ventilated.

BILGE

BLOWERS

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

NOTE: If the generator has run out of fuel, push the stop/ prime switch and hold for at least 30 seconds.

7. Place the generator battery switches in the ENERGIZED p o s i t i o n . B a t t e r y solenoid switches are located in the Main

D i s c o n n e c t s

Enclosure in the bilge

(See fig.6.4.2) and the

DC Distribution Panel located in the port salon (See Section 6

- Electrical System ,

Fig. 6.11.1).

8. Depress the top of the generator ON switch.

GENERATOR

RUN

STOP/ PRIME

SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

PREHEAT/

STATUS

9. Depress the top of the generator START/

PREHEAT switch until generator starts, then release switch.

(Depending on how cold the generator is, preheat can take as long as 15 seconds before cranking starts.)

GENERATOR

RUN

STOP/ PRIME

SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

PREHEAT/

STATUS

10. Check generator exhaust (starboard) to verify that water is flowing. If not, shut generator down and refer to your Generator Operator’s Manual.

REFER TO THE GENERATOR MANUAL FOR YOUR

BOAT IN THE OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET.

PORT

GEN

ENERGIZE

STBD

DE-ENERGIZE

13. S

TOPPING THE

G

ENERATOR

1. Prior to generator shut down turn OFF all AC equipment and other large appliances. Let the generator run for two (2) minutes to cool down.

GENERATOR

RUN

STOP/ PRIME

SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

PREHEAT/

STATUS

2. Stop the generator by pushing the STOP/

PRIME switch on DC distribution panel or holding stop switch on generator until generator stops.

GENERATOR

RUN

STOP/ PRIME

SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

PREHEAT/

STATUS

REFER TO THE GENERATOR MANUAL FOR YOUR

BOAT IN THE OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 3.11

14. S

HORE

P

OWER

A. T

O

C

ONNECT

A

ND

T

URN

O

N

S

HORE

P

OWER

1.

On The Boat:

Turn OFF all equipment breakers and

Turn OFF SHORE

& GENERATOR breakers.

2. Turn OFF AC breakers above the shore power plugs in the transom compartment.

3. Dry off the shore power cord receptacle on your boat. Dry off the ends of the shore power cord. Spray a moisture repellant into the receptacle and cord ends.

4. Plug a cord end into the boat receptacle.

Turn clockwise to lock. Thread the locking ring onto the boat receptacle to prevent accidental unplugging.

0

50

100

150

AC VOLTS

AC AMPERES

120 VOLTS AC

100

0

50

AC VOLTS

150

AC AMPERES

POWER POWER

GENERATOR SHORE

GALLEY SYSTEMS

REFRIGERATOR/

FREEZER

MIICROWAVE

AIR CONDITIONER

PUMP RELAY

POWER POWER

GENERATOR SHORE

BATTERY CHARGER

24V

WASHER/DRYER

STBD SYSTEMS

PORT SYSTEMS

WATER HEATER

STOVE

ACCESSORY

TRANSOM

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

5.

On The Dock:

Turn OFF Dock

Breaker. Wipe the outlet dry, spray moisture repellant into the receptacle, then plug the other end of the power cord into the outlet box on the dock.

! CAUTION

It is imperative that the shore power outlet is dry before plugging into the dock power inlet.

! CAUTION

Route and tie the power cord from the boat to dockside power outlet box to prevent persons tripping over it and falling into the water.

! CAUTION

Shore power cords should be secured or routed to avoid laying or falling into water and to avoid stress on shore power plug and inlet.

! CAUTION

The use of extension shore power cords is not recommended. Excessive power cord extensions can cause a voltage drop and may prevent some electronic devices from operating correctly.

6. Turn ON Dock Breaker.

TRANSOM

3.12

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

7.

On The Boat:

Turn ON the AC breakers above the shore power plug in the transom compartment.

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

10. Turn ON Equipment

Breakers.

0

50 100

150

AC VOLTS

AC AMPERES

120 VOLTS AC

0

50 100

AC VOLTS

150

AC AMPERES

POWER

GENERATOR

POWER

SHORE

GALLEY SYSTEMS

REFRIGERATOR/

FREEZER

MIICROWAVE

BATTERY CHARGER

12V

AIR CONDITIONER

PUMP RELAY

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER

BATTERY CHARGER

24V

WASHER/DRYER

POWER POWER

GENERATOR SHORE

STBD SYSTEMS

PORT SYSTEMS

WATER HEATER

STOVE

MASTER STATEROOM

AIR CONDITIONER

ACCESSORY

TRANSOM

B. T

O

D

ISCONNECT

S

HORE

P

OWER

1.

On The Boat: Turn

OFF All Breakers

Turn OFF equipment breakers.

0

50 100

150

AC VOLTS

AC AMPERES

120 VOLTS AC

0

50 100

150

AC VOLTS AC AMPERES

POWER POWER

GENERATOR SHORE

GALLEY SYSTEMS

REFRIGERATOR/

FREEZER

MIICROWAVE

POWER POWER

GENERATOR

SHORE

AIR CONDITIONER

PUMP RELAY

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER

BOW THRUSTER

BATTERY CHARGER

24V

WASHER/DRYER

STBD SYSTEMS

PORT SYSTEMS

WATER HEATER

STOVE

FWD AIR

CONDITIONER

MASTER STATEROOM

AIR CONDITIONER

COCKPIT AIR

CONDITIONER

ACCESSORY

8.

On The Boat:

120 VOLTS AC

100

150 Assure that the

POWER Light is ON.

0

POWER

50

GENERATOR

AC VOLTS

POWER

SHORE

AC AMPERES

GALLEY SYSTEMS

MIICROWAVE

BATTERY CHARGER

12V

AIR CONDITIONER

PUMP RELAY

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER

BATTERY CHARGER

24V

0

POWER

50

GENERATOR

100

AC VOLTS

150

POWER

SHORE

AC AMPERES

STBD SYSTEMS

PORT SYSTEMS

WATER HEATER

STOVE

FWD AIR

CONDITIONER

MASTER STATEROOM

AIR CONDITIONER

WASHER/DRYER ACCESSORY (If reversed polarity light is on do not turn on breakers, turn OFF MAIN and DOCK breakers. Disconnect power cords. consult dockmaster.)

2. Turn OFF SHORE breaker.

100

0

50

AC VOLTS

150

AC AMPERES

120 VOLTS AC

0

50

100

AC VOLTS

150

AC AMPERES

POWER POWER

GENERATOR SHORE

GALLEY SYSTEMS

POWER POWER

GENERATOR SHORE

MIICROWAVE

AIR CONDITIONER

PUMP RELAY

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER

BATTERY CHARGER

24V

WASHER/DRYER

STBD SYSTEMS

PORT SYSTEMS

WATER HEATER

STOVE

FWD AIR

CONDITIONER

MASTER STATEROOM

AIR CONDITIONER

ACCESSORY

!

CAUTION

Do not energize main breaker under reversed polarity conditions.

!

WARNING

Under no circumstances override the source select system.

9. Turn ON Breakers:

Turn ON SHORE breaker.

Verify proper voltage.

(120 Volt System:

110V to 125V)

(220 Volt System:

205V to 230V)

(International)

100

0

50

AC VOLTS

150

AC AMPERES

120 VOLTS AC

0

50 100

AC VOLTS

150

AC AMPERES

POWER POWER

GENERATOR SHORE

GALLEY SYSTEMS

POWER POWER

GENERATOR SHORE

MIICROWAVE

AIR CONDITIONER

PUMP RELAY

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER

BATTERY CHARGER

24V

WASHER/DRYER

STBD SYSTEMS

PORT SYSTEMS

WATER HEATER

STOVE

FWD AIR

CONDITIONER

MASTER STATEROOM

AIR CONDITIONER

ACCESSORY

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 3.13

3. Turn OFF MAIN breaker above the shore power plug in the transom compartment.

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

15. S

HIFTING

F

ROM

S

HORE

P

OWER TO

G

ENERATOR

P

OWER

.

1. Turn all AC systems and branch circuit breakers OFF. Turn both main breakers on the main distribution panel

OFF.

0

50 100

150

AC VOLTS

AC AMPERES

120 VOLTS AC

0

50 100

AC VOLTS

150

POWER

GENERATOR

POWER

SHORE

GALLEY SYSTEMS

REFRIGERATOR/

FREEZER

MIICROWAVE

BATTERY CHARGER

12V

AIR CONDITIONER

PUMP RELAY

POWER

GENERATOR

POWER

SHORE

BOW THRUSTER

24V

WASHER/DRYER

AC AMPERES

STBD SYSTEMS

PORT SYSTEMS

WATER HEATER

STOVE

FWD AIR

CONDITIONER

COCKPIT AIR

CONDITIONER

ACCESSORY

TRANSOM

4. On the dock, turn

OFF the dockside breaker.

Disconnect the dockside end of the power cord.

2. Start the generator. (See page 3.7 of this section for generator starting instructions.)

3. Slide the source select shuttle to expose the

G E N E R A T O R breaker(s) and turn it

ON.

0

50 100

150

AC VOLTS

AC AMPERES

120 VOLTS AC

0

50 100

AC VOLTS

150

AC AMPERES

POWER POWER

GENERATOR SHORE

GALLEY SYSTEMS

REFRIGERATOR/

FREEZER

MIICROWAVE

BATTERY CHARGER

12V

AIR CONDITIONER

PUMP RELAY

BOW THRUSTER

24V

WASHER/DRYER

POWER

GENERATOR

POWER

SHORE

STBD SYSTEMS

PORT SYSTEMS

WATER HEATER

STOVE

FWD AIR

CONDITIONER

COCKPIT AIR

CONDITIONER

ACCESSORY

5. On your boat, disconnect the power cord from your boat receptacle.

Clean the power cord, spray the cord ends with moisture repellant, and store the cord in a dry location on board.

4. Turn the individual system breakers ON.

TRANSOM

You must keep the shore power cord and the plug ends clean and dry. This is especially necessary if your boat is used in salt water. Always clean and spray your cord ends with moisture repellant before using and before storing the cord.

3.14

A. M

AINTENANCE FOR

S

HORE

P

OWER

C

ABLE

S

ET

& S

HORE

P

OWER

I

NLETS

The metallic parts of your cable set and inlet are made to resist corrosion. In salt water environment, life of the product can be increased by periodically wiping the exposed parts with fresh water, drying and spraying with a moisture repellent.

A soiled cable can be cleaned with grease-cutting household detergent. A periodic application of vinyl protector will help both ends and cable maintain their original appearance.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

!

WARNING

Disconnect the power cable from power source before performing maintenance.

In case of salt water spray or immersion: Rinse plug end and/or connector end thoroughly in fresh water, shake or blow out excess water and allow to dry. Spray with a moisture repellent before reuse.

S

TEERING RAM

(F

IG

. 3.15.1)

A

B

A

B

STEERING RAM

SMARTCRAFT RUDDER INDICATOR

16. H

YDRAULIC

S

TEERING

S

YSTEM

A manual hydraulic steering system, consisting of a helm and a hydraulic cylinder (fitted with an integral servo cylinder and a power steering valve), supplies the “control” portion of the steering system.

Under normal conditions, with engines running, a hydraulic oil supply is in a standby mode, ready to be directed to the steering cylinder as dictated by the steering wheel, servo cylinder and power steering valve. Turning the steering wheel left or right makes the system go from “standby” into

“operating” mode and moves the steering cylinder accordingly.

In the event of a power source failure, hydraulic oil from the steering helm is automatically diverted into the servo and steering cylinder, providing the helmsman with manual backup steering.

An oil reservoir located on the aft component board in the bilge allows easy fill and assists the in-line cooler in cooling the hydraulic oil. An in-line oil filter helps to protect the steering system components against contaminants.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 3.15

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

17. A

NCHORING

To anchor, bring the bow into the wind or current and put the engine in neutral. When the vessel comes to a stop, lower the anchor from the bow. The anchor line should be 5 to 7 times the depth of the water.

!

WARNING

SINKING HAZARD – Anchor from the bow if using one anchor. A small current can make a sternanchored boat unsteady; a heavy current can drag a stern-anchored craft under water.

COLLISION HAZARD – Anchor only in areas where your boat will not disrupt other boats. Do not anchor in a channel or tie up to any navigational aid. It is dangerous and illegal.

NOTICE

Use the safety hook supplied to ensure that the anchor is held in place should the windlass fail. Do not use the safety hook to support the anchor in a stored position. The windlass should always support the anchor and ensure that it is held in the roller device securely.

A. A

NCHORING

A

RRANGEMENT

The 44 DB is equipped with a rope/chain anchor line, windlass with remote foot pedals located on the deck, anchor and anchor chute. Stow the anchor in the chute when not in use.

NOTE: An optional all-chain anchor line is also available.

A

NCHOR

A

RRANGEMENT

(F

IG

. 3.16.3)

C

D

E

A

B

F

A

B

C

ANCHOR

ROPE/CHAIN ANCHOR LINE

SAFETY LANYARD

D

E

F

CHAIN LOCKER

WINDLASS FOOT PEDALS

ANCHOR CHUTE

A

NCHORING

(F

IG

. 3.16.1)

A

C

B

RODE LENGTH = (BOW HEIGHT + WATER DEPTH) X SCOPE

D

A

B

C

D

BOW HEIGHT

RODE

ANCHOR

WATER DEPTH

T

RIPLINE

A

RRANGEMENT

(F

IG

. 3.16.2)

A

B

C

D

3.16

A

B

C

D

FLOAT

TRIPLINE

ANCHOR

RODE

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

NOTE: Before using the anchor, be sure the anchor safety lanyard is removed from the anchor, the chain stop (if equipped) is released from the chain and the anchor is secured to the windlass chain.

B. A

NCHORING

Proper anchoring requires knowledge of RODE and

SCOPE. Read this section carefully, understanding the relationship between rode, scope and anchor performance.

The rode is the line connecting the anchor to the boat. The scope is technically defined as the ratio of the rode length to the vertical distance from the bow to the sea floor.

Since you want to know how much rode to use when anchoring, the formula is:

Scope =

Rode Length

Bow Height + Water Depth

Rode Length = (Bow Height + Water Depth) x Scope

• Scope depends on the type of anchor, bottom, tide, wind and sea conditions.

• Minimum is 5:1 for calm conditions; norm is 7:1; severe conditions may require 10:1.

Example:

Rode Length = (3 feet + 10 feet) x 7*

Rode Length = 13 feet x 7*

Rode Length = 91 feet

* Scope factor may range from 5 to 10 or

more. Less than 5, the anchor breaks out

too easily.

C. L

OWERING

A

NCHOR

• Be sure there is adequate rode.

• Secure rode to both the anchor and the boat.

• Stop completely before lowering anchor.

• If using windlass, refer to windlass operator’s manual.

• Keep feet clear of coiled line.

• Turn on anchor light when at anchor or drifting

(not under power).

D. S

ETTING

A

NCHOR

• There is no best way to set an anchor.

Experiment to see how your anchor performs.

• One method is to turn the rode around a bit and slowly pay out as the boat backs from the anchor site. When the proper scope has been reached, snub the rode quickly, causing the anchor to dig into the bottom.

• Reverse engine slowly to drive the anchor in and prevent it from dragging.

• Close chain stop (Optional) (see Fig. 3.15.2).

E. W

EIGHING

A

NCHOR

• Run the boat slowly up to the anchor, taking in the rode as you go.

• The anchor will usually break out when the rode becomes vertical.

• Be careful that trailing lines do not foul in the propeller.

NOTE: Use the fresh water washdown spigot in the starboard bow locker to hose down the chain in the locker after haul-in .

F. C

LEARING A

F

OULED

A

NCHOR

A fouled anchor can test your patience and ingenuity.

One of the best methods of breaking free is to set a tripline (see Fig. 3.13.2) before you lower anchor.

• Attach a line to the crown or head of the anchor and the other end to a float.

• The line should be just long enough to reach the surface of the water, allowing for tides.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 3.17

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

• A polypropylene line is a good choice because it is light, strong and floats.

• If the anchor snags, pull vertically on the tripline to lift the anchor by the crown.

G. A F

INAL

W

ORD

An anchored boat is affected by wind and sea conditions. Because there is no headway, there is no control. Be alert! If leaving the boat, be sure the anchor will hold under all circumstances.

We suggest you read this section on anchoring again and fully understand rode and scope and their affect on anchor performance.

W

INDLASS WITH

A

LL

C

HAIN

R

ODE

(O

PTIONAL

)

(F

IG

. 3.18.2)

A

B

A

B

WINDLASS

CHAIN STOP

The windlass facilitates the anchoring of your yacht by automatically raising and lowering the anchor. To operate the windlass the WINDLASS MAIN switch on the control station switch panel must be ON.

18. W

INDLASS

The windlass is wired to the 12 volt system through the WINDLASS breaker in the Main Disconnect

Enclosure.

NOTICE

It is important that the windlass clutch is tight for proper operation and safety. Periodically check the clutch and tighten if necessary.

To Tighten Clutch:

With the anchor in the stowed position, tighten the windlass clutch by inserting the emergency handle into the clutch nut (see Fig. 3.16.3) and turn clockwise.

A. T

O

O

PERATE FROM THE

H

ELM

:

• Make sure that the safety lanyard and/or chain stop are removed from the anchor chain.

• Turn the WINDLASS MAIN rocker switch ON.

• Push the top of the CONTROL rocker switch

(located beside the WINDLASS MAIN on the control station switch panel) to raise the anchor.

To lower the anchor, push the bottom of the rocker switch.

W

INDLASS

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

S

WITCH

(F

IG

. 3.18.3)

PORT IGN

STOP START/RUN

EMERG

START

STBD IGN

START/RUN STOP

ENGINE

SYNC

BILGE

BLOWERS HORN

!

WARNING

Keep hands, feet, hair and loose clothing clear of moving parts. Entanglement may cause severe bodily injury (i.e. lose of fingers or toes).

W

INDLASS WITH

S

AFETY

L

ANYARD

(F

IG

. 3.18.1)

A B

BILGE PUMPS

FWD AFT

THRUSTER

MAIN 24V

PLATFORM

MAIN

WINDLASS

MAIN CONTROL ACCY ACCY

RUNNING

ANCHOR

LIGHTS

DIMMER

SPOTLIGHT

WIPERS

ON/OFF/INT LOW/MED/HI

WINDSHIELD

WASHER ACCY

A

B

C

WINDLASS

SAFETY LANYARD

ANCHOR

B. T

O

O

PERATE FROM THE

B

OW

:

• Make sure that the safety lanyard and/or chain stop are removed from the anchor chain.

C

3.18

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

W

INDLASS

B

OW

S

WITCHES

(F

IG

. 3.19.1)

FOOT

SWITCHES

• Lift protective cap on foot switches at port bow and depress UP or DOWN switch for the desired result.

C. T

O

O

PERATE

M

ANUALLY

:

• Make sure that the safety lanyard and/or chain stop are removed from the anchor chain.

• Insert the emergency handle (located in the stbd bow locker) into the clutch nut.

! DANGER

Make sure that the power is off before any work is performed on the windlass.

disassemble the windlass and remove any residue build-up.

• Using the emergency handle ( located in the bow locker), unscrew the clutch nut by turning the handle counterclockwise.

• Remove the drum, upper cone, chain wheel and lower cone.

• Wash down with fresh water and remove any residue.

• Coat contact surfaces with a light film of lubricant.

W

INDLASS

(M

AINTENANCE

P

ROFILE

)

(F

IG

. 3.19.3)

EMERGENCY HANDLE

W

INDLASS

E

MERGENCY

H

ANDLE

(F

IG

. 3.19.2)

WINDLASS

EMERGENCY

HANDLE

CLUTCH NUT

DRUM

UPPER CONE

CHAIN PULLEY

STARBOARD BOW

STORAGE

LOCKER

LOWER CONE

• Turn handle clockwise to retrieve anchor.

D. M

AINTENANCE

:

• Periodically check the motor and control box electrical connections, remove any residue and cover the connections with a small coating of grease.

It is recommended at least once a year to

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

• Reassemble the unit and tighten clutch by turning the handle clockwise.

NOTE: Use the fresh water washdown spigot in the starboard bow locker to hose down the chain in the locker after haul-in.

REFER TO WINDLASS OPERATOR’S MANUAL IN

YOUR OWNER’S PACKET FOR DETAILED

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS.

3.19

S

ECTION

3 • U

SING

Y

OUR

B

OAT

19. B

OW

T

HRUSTER

(O

PTIONAL

)

The bow thruster is electrically driven and gives the operator more maneuverability of the bow when docking or maneuvering the vessel in narrow channels or where space is at a premium.

T

O

O

PERATE THE

B

OW

T

HRUSTER

• Activate the bow thruster by turning the 24V

BOW THRUSTER switch ON. The switch is located on the control station switch panel.

B

OW

T

HRUSTER

S

WITCH

(F

IG

. 3.20.1)

PORT IGN

STOP START/RUN

EMERG

START

STBD IGN

START/RUN STOP

ENGINE

SYNC

BILGE

BLOWERS HORN

B

OW

T

HRUSTER

O

PERATION

(F

IG

. 3.20.2)

THRUST

BOW

DIRECTION

BOW

THRUSTER TOGGLE

CONTROL

(SEE FIGURE 2.8.2)

THRUST

BILGE PUMPS

FWD AFT

THRUSTER

MAIN 24V

PLATFORM

MAIN

WINDLASS

MAIN CONTROL ACCY ACCY

RUNNING

ANCHOR

LIGHTS

DIMMER

SPOTLIGHT

WIPERS

ON/OFF/INT LOW/MED/HI

WINDSHIELD

WASHER ACCY

• By manipulating the the joy stick also located on the control station the operator is able to move the bow slowly to port and starboard.

The bow thruster motor is equipped with an internal thermally activated breaker. The thermal breaker protects the motor from overheating. When the thermal breaker is activated the thruster motor will not operate and must be allowed to cool down for normal operation.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

3.20

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

1. B

ILGE

A. F

UEL

& O

IL

S

PILLAGE

Regulations prohibit discharging fuel or oily waste in navigable waters. Discharge is defined as any action which causes a film, sheen or discoloration on the water surface, or causes a sludge or emulsion beneath the water surface. A common violation is bilge discharge. Use rags or sponges to soak up fuel or oily waste, then dispose of it properly ashore.

If there is excessive amount of fuel or oil in the bilge, contact a knowledgeable marine service to remove it. Never pump contaminated bilge overboard.

As a precaution against fuel spillage,fill fuel tank(s) less than rated capacity. Allow for fuel expansion.

2. B

ILGE

P

UMPS

The 44 DB is equipped with four (4) bilge pumps, including two (2) emergency high water bilge pumps. Your yacht is also equipped with a gray water sump, with pump and float switch.

The two primary bilge pumps are equipped with switches on the control station switch panel. These switches have MANUAL and AUTO positions. When the switch is in the MANUAL position, the pump will run continuously. When the switch is in the AUTO position, the pump is activated when there is enough water in the bilge to raise the float switch to its highest position; and deactivated when the water recedes. The pumps should NOT be left in the

MANUAL mode unless the bilge is being pumped out for servicing.

The emergency bilge pumps and high water float switches are wired to the systems monitor located on the dash at the control station (see “SYSTEMS

MONITOR” in Section 2 - page 2.20).

Whenever a bilge pump turns ON, either manually or automatically, the systems monitor will display which pump is active. Should the high water alarms become activated, immediate attention to the area indicated on the systems monitor panel is required.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan bridge )

FWD B

ILGE

P

UMP

& F

LOAT

S

WITCH

(F

IG

. 4.1.1)

AFT B

ILGE

P

UMPS

& F

LOAT

S

WITCHES

(F

IG

. 4.1.2)

D

C FWD

A

A

B

A

B

C

BILGE PUMP

CHECK VALVE

FLOAT SWITCH

A

B

C

AFT BILGE PUMP

CHECK VALVES

AFT FLOAT SWITCH

D

E

HIGH WATER FLOAT SWITCH

HIGH WATER BILGE PUMP

FWD H

IGH

W

ATER

B

ILGE

P

UMP AND

F

LOAT

S

WITCH

(F

IG

. 4.1.3)

B

FWD

C

A

B

C

FWD

E

B

C

A HIGH WATER BILGE

PUMP

CHECK VALVE

HIGH WATER FLOAT

SWITCH

4.1

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

B

ILGE

P

UMP

A

SSEMBLY

(F

IG

. 4.2.1)

D

E

C

A

B

B

C

D

A

E

PUMP HEAD/

MOTOR ASSY

DISCHARGE

IMPELLER

WATER INLET

LOCK TAB

T

ROUBLESHOOTING

:

If water does not come out of discharge hose:

1. Depress the breaker on the main DC breaker panel located on the forward component board in the bilge to ensure it has not tripped.

2. Remove the motor module to see if the impeller rotates with the power on.

3. Remove any debris that may have accumulated in the nozzle section or strainer base.

4. Check hose and connection on hull side for debris and proper connections.

!

WARNING

SINKING HAZARD – Ensure the bilge pumps are operating properly.

!

CAUTION

Run bilge pumps in the manual position only as long as necessary to remove water. Running bilge pumps dry can damage the pump motor.

The pumps are protected by breakers on the main

DC breaker panel located on the forward component board in the bilge.

M

AINTENANCE

:

Frequently inspect the area under the float switches to ensure they are free from debris and gummy bilge oil. To clean, soak in heavy duty bilge cleaner for

10 minutes, agitating several times. Check for unrestricted operation of the float. Repeat the cleaning procedure if necessary.

Inspect the bilge pump intakes and keep them free of dirt or material which may impede the flow of water through the pump.

To clean the pump strainer, depress the lock tabs on both sides of the pump and lift the pump motor.

3. B

ILGE

B

LOWERS

The two (2) bilge fans (one each port & stbd) in the engine room remove odors, excessive heat, gas fumes and provide ventilation through the hull vents. The blowers are wired through circuit breakers on the DC breaker panel located on the forward bilge component board and are activated by a switch on the DC distribution panel in the

B

ILGE

B

LOWERS

(F

IG

. 4.2.2)

FWD

IN-LINE BLOWER - TYPICAL

PORT AND STARBOARD

TO DECK VENT

AFT COMPONENT

BOARD

4.2

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan bridge )

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

!

WARNING

EXPLOSION/FIRE HAZARD – Run blower at least four (4) minutes before starting engine or generator.

Check bilge and engine compartment for fumes.

!

WARNING

Do not allow obstructions to interfere with bilge blower or ventilation intake operation. Engine performance may be adversely affected.

port aft salon. The blowers can also be activated by a switch on the control station switch panel.

Run the blowers when operating below cruising speed and when vessel is at rest with the generator running to dissipate heat buildup in the bilge.

M

AINTENANCE

:

The bilge blowers should be checked periodically to ensure that all electrical connections are secured in place and that the blower motors are operating efficiently.

T

ROUBLESHOOTING

:

If your bilge blowers fail to operate, depress the breakers on the main DC breaker panel on the forward component board in the engine room to ensure that they have not tripped.

4. E

NGINES

The inboard engines on your yacht are the heart of your Sea Ray ® . Proper attention to and maintenance of your engines will assure you of many hours of pleasurable, safe boating and will prevent unnecessary engine problems. You must, therefore, become thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the engine’s proper operation outlined in the Engine

Operator’s Manual. A general maintenance program consists of proper lubrication, cleaning of fuel filters, fuel lines and air filters. When washing down, or at any other time, take care that water does not enter the air inlets. Water entering the air inlets when the engines are not operating may go directly into the cylinders, resulting in rust and possibly internal engine damage.

The engines are warranted directly by the engine manufacturer, not by Sea Ray ® .

Sea Ray ® strongly urges you to fully comply with the manual provided by the engine manufacturer.

Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty schedule in your Engine Operator’s

Manual included in the owner’s packet. Engine abuse or improper maintenance may adversely affect the claims made under the independent warranty provided by the engine manufacturer.

5. F

RESH

W

ATER

C

OOLING

S

YSTEM

The fresh water cooling system is a closed system which helps protect engines from internal corrosion and provides more even distribution of engine temperature. Change the coolant annually.

M

AIN

DC B

REAKER

P

ANEL

(F

IG

. 4.3.1)

MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL

12 VDC

CABIN

MAIN

PORT

IGNITION

CABLEMASTER

BAITWELL

ELECTRONIC

CONTROL

ACCESSORY

FWD SUMP

PUMP

FWD EMERGENCY

PUMP

FWD BILGE

PUMP

AFT EMERGENCY

PUMP

AFT

PUMP

CABIN

STEREO MEMORY

PORT BLOWER

ENGINE

UNSWITCHED

SMARTCRAFT

UNSWITCHED

BATTERY

CHARGER

PORT STBD

CONTROL

STATION

ELECTRONICS

STBD

IGNITION

OIL CHANGE

PUMP

ELECTRONIC

CONTROL

ACCESSORY

ACCESSORY

EMERGENCY

BILGE PUMP

AFT SUMP

PUMP

AFT BILGE

PUMP

SYSTEMS

MONITOR

BRIDGE/COCKPIT

STEREO MEMORY

STBD

BLOWER

ENGINE

UNSWITCHED

SMARTCRAFT

UNSWITCHED

BATTERY

CHARGER

HIGH CURRENT PRESENT AT ALL

TIMES ON 12VDC LINE FEEDS,

CIRCUIT BREAKER IS LOCATED IN

MAIN DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE.

TURN OFF POWER PRIOR TO SERVICING PANEL.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan bridge )

A. C

OOLANT

R

ECOMMENDATIONS

:

The standard mixture of water and coolant is a mixture of 30% environmentally safe, non-toxic antifreeze and 70% water, which protects to 0°F

(-18°C). This will allow the coolant to expand properly and maintain normal operating engine temperature. In colder climates, the coolant level should be increased to 50/50, which protects to -

34°F (-37°C), for proper coverage. To find engine coolant requirements for the specific engine

4.3

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR on your yacht, refer to your Engine Owner’s

Manual in the Owner’s Manual Packet.

6. E

NGINE

G

AUGE

P

ACKAGE

Each of your engines have been equipped with an engine gauge package. This package is provided as a safety feature in the event of an electrical malfunction resulting in the hem gauges becoming inoperative.

Gauge packages may differ with different engine options.

Refer to your Engine Operator’s

Manual for proper gauge readings and gauge package locations.

E

NGINE

G

AUGE

P

ACKAGE

(F

IG

. 4.4.1)

7. E

NGINE

M

OUNTS

The adjustable type engine mounts permit adjustment sideways as well as vertically. Vertical adjustment nuts lock up or down on the threaded vertical stud, with a slot provided to allow side to side adjustment on the engine.

E

NGINE

M

OUNT

(F

IG

. 4.4.2)

A

4.4

C

B

A

B

C

ISOLATOR (DIESEL ENGINE)

PLASTIC COVERS

ESNA NUTS

IMPORTANT: The large adjustment locknuts on these mounts must be tightened properly to retain alignment. It is also advisable to spray a protective coating on the studs and nuts to prevent corrosion.

8. M

ARINE

G

EARS

A. R

EDUCTION

G

EARS

A reduction gear reduces the rotating speed of the propeller shaft in relation to the engine RPM. This permits the use of a larger propeller while allowing the engine to attain its rated RPM, thereby increasing efficiency.

B. R

EVERSE

G

EARS

The reverse gear incorporates the clutch and controls the rotation of the propeller. The position of the clutch control or shifting lever indicates the motion which the clutch and reverse gear are transmitting. The center position of the lever indicates neutral. Engine RPM should never exceed 1000 when engaging or disengaging the clutch. Higher RPM will result in unnecessary wear and shortened life of the unit, and perhaps breakage.

Marine reverse gears are hydraulically operated, thereby making it imperative to periodically maintain and check oil level. If the correct oil level is not maintained, slippage occurs, causing damage to the clutch plates. Too much oil will cause foaming and erratic clutch operation. For additional information see the Engine Operator’s Manual.

9. E

NGINE

E

XHAUST

S

YSTEM

The exhaust system on Sea Ray ® boats with inboard engines is designed so that water from the raw water cooling system enters the exhaust system through elbows (engine side) where water and exhaust are mixed. Water and exhaust are then pumped through the mufflers and then overboard through the exhaust outlet. Make sure water is flowing from the exhaust outlets while the engines are operating.

Prior to every boat use, examine the exhaust system fittings to ensure tightness.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan bridge )

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

44 DB E

NGINE

E

XHAUST

(F

IG

. 4.5.1)

C

B

O

IL

E

XCHANGE

S

YSTEM

(O

PTIONAL

)

(F

IG

. 4.5.2)

B

C

A

G

D

F

E H

A

PORT ENGINE EXHAUST

D

I

10. O

IL

E

XCHANGE

S

STARBOARD ENGINE EXHAUST

YSTEM

A

B

If equipped the oil change system, located on the inboard port stringer, center of the port engine, simplifies changing the oil in the engines and

C

D

A

B

E

DRAIN/FILL HOSE

PUMP

PUMP FLOW SWITCH

ON/OFF VALVE

TO STARBOARD ENGINE

F

G

H

I

TO GENERATOR

TO PORT ENGINE

OIL EXCHANGE UNIT

OIL STORAGE BOTTLES generator. The pump is self-priming and pumps in either direction. The oil change pump is protected by the 12 volt OIL CHANGE PUMP breaker on the

DC breaker panel on the forward component board in the bilge.

A

B

UNDERWATER OUTLET

EXHAUST BYPASS HOSE

C

D

FROM PORT ENGINE

FROM STARBOARD

ENGINE

A drain plug is located on each muffler. When servicing or winterizing, remove the plug to drain the water out of each muffler. Replace the plug after all water has drained from the muffler.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan bridge )

A. O

PERATING

I

NSTRUCTIONS

:

!

CAUTION

Have only one (1) valve open at a time. Make sure other valves are closed to prevent accidental over filling.

1. Run engines or generator for several minutes to warm the oil and mix the sludge.

2. Select the first unit to be serviced. Turn the valve to the open position, in line with valve body.

3. Turn the pump on (switch position indicates the direction of flow) and pump the old oil into containers to be disposed of properly.

4.5

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

O

IL

C

HANGE

P

UMP

(U

SED

O

IL

)

(F

IG

. 4.6.1)

C

D

E

6. Repeat for each engine, generator or transmission to be serviced.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION

A

B

C

D

A

B

TO PORT ENGINE

OPEN/CLOSE VALVE

DRAIN/FILL HOSE

PUMP

O

IL

C

HANGE

P

UMP

(F

RESH

O

IL

)

(F

IG

. 4.6.2)

C

E

F

G

H

PUMP FLOW SWITCH

TO STARBOARD ENGINE

TO GENERATOR

USED OIL

D

E

H

H

A

B

G

G

F

F

11. U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

A. P

ROPELLERS

Propellers should be free of nicks, excessive pitting and any distortions that alter them from their original design. Badly damaged propellers should be replaced, but those that are chipped, bent or merely knocked out of shape can be reconditioned by your marine dealer.

When doing extensive cruising, it is advisable to carry extra propellers aboard.

B

ASIC

P

ROPELLER

C

HARACTERISTICS

Propellers have two basic characteristics:

• Diameter

• Pitch

P

ROPELLER

P

ITCH AND

D

IAMETER

(F

IG

. 4.6.3)

A

B

C

D

TO PORT ENGINE

OPEN/CLOSE VALVE

DRAIN/FILL HOSE

PUMP

E

F

G

H

PUMP FLOW SWITCH

TO STARBOARD ENGINE

TO GENERATOR

FRESH OIL

4. After oil has been pumped out of unit being serviced, place the pump discharge hose into a container of pre-measured fresh oil and reverse the pump switch to pump the fresh oil into the engine. NOTE: Fresh oil should be at least 60° F (16½ C).

5. When pumping is complete, shut the pump off and close the valve leading to the unit being serviced. Check oil level and adjust if necessary.

PITCH DIAMETER

Diameter is that distance measured across the propeller hub line from the outer edge of the 360° that is made by the propeller’s blade during a single rotation. Pitch is that distance in inches that a propeller will travel if rotated one revolution without any slippage.

For example, a propeller with a 12-inch pitch, when rotated 360° would, theoretically, advance 12 inches through the water. Actually, no propeller applied to any boat is 100% efficient. No 12-inch pitch blade

4.6

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan bridge )

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR will, in a single rotation, advance a boat 12 inches.

This variance is referred to as slippage.

Cavitation is a normal occurrence in modern sport boats, and prop inspection should be part of routine maintenance.

V

ENTILATION

,

ITS

C

AUSES AND

C

ORRECTIONS

While often called “cavitation,” ventilation is really a different effect. At times when a boat enters or leaves a sharp turn, the propeller seems to slip and lose thrust and the engine may over-speed (Figure 4.7.1). This problem is normally caused by air or aerated water entering the propeller. (A damaged propeller can also cause ventilation.) Ventilation can usually be corrected by replacing the damaged or incorrect propeller with the recommended one.

P

ROPELLER

V

ENTILATION

(F

IG

. 4.7.1)

P

ROPELLER

T

ORQUE AND ITS

C

ORRECTION

Some of the more powerful motors create a considerable torque effect; that is, a twisting motion causing the boat to ride with one sheer lower than the other. This twisting reaction is caused by the direction of propeller rotation lifting one side of the boat. This causes an uneven drag, so that a boat’s bow may tend to fall off in one direction or the other from the intended course given by the wheel.

Torque action may occur when maximum or close to maximum rated horsepower is applied. Any slight torque may be offset by shifting passenger or gear weight laterally to the high side of the boat.

OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE

VENTILATION

C

AVITATION

,

ITS

C

AUSES AND

C

ORRECTIONS

Cavitation is a phenomenon that occurs in all propeller-driven craft under certain conditions. The surface of propeller blades are not perfectly flat, and as water is drawn through the blades to be discharged aft into the propeller’s slip stream, the water flowing over the curved surface of the blade encounters areas of greater and less pressure.

In those areas of reduced pressure, air bubbles are formed. When they move out of the low pressure area these bubbles collapse. If they collapse while in contact with an object, such as part of the propeller blade or trim plane, the bubbles create such highly localized forces that they erode the surface of the object. In the case of the propeller, such damage is sometimes called a “burn.” It may be caused by an irregularity in the propeller’s leading edge, and it should be corrected by reconditioning the propeller or by replacement.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan bridge )

C

OUNTER

-

ROTATING

P

ROPELLERS

On twin engine yachts, one propeller turns in a clockwise direction while the other turns counterclockwise in order to maintain a straight course through the water.

When removing or replacing propellers, be sure to install the correct propeller on the correct drive.

C

(F

OUNTER

IG

-R

. 4.7.2)

OTATING

P

ROPELLERS

P

ROPELLER

I

NSTALLATION

For proper rotation, the installation of propellers on inboard engine boats requires the right hand propeller to be installed on the starboard side and the left hand propeller to be installed on the port side. Install in the following manner:

1. Inspect the key. It must be chamfered so that the corners of the key do not touch the keyway fillets.

4.7

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

P

ROPELLER

I

NSTALLATION

(F

IG

. 4.8.1)

IMPROPER CHAMFER

ON KEY WILL RESULT

IN KEY RIDING UP IN

KEYWAY

TOP RADIUS IN KEYWAY

SHOULD BE 1/2 THE

FILLET RADIUS WITH NO

SHARP EDGES

CHAMFER ON KEY

SHOULD BE LARGER

THAN FILLET IN

KEYWAY

KEY RIDING UP IN KEYWAY

INCORRECT FIT

KEY SHOULD SEAT IN

KEYWAY

CORRECT FIT

I

LLUSTRATION

#1

ALL CORNERS OF KEY SHOULD BE CHAMFERED

A

G

B

F

E

D

C

E

F

C

D

A

B

G

PROP NUT

KEY

SHAFT

KEYWAY

COTTER PIN

PROP

JAM NUT

I

LLUSTRATION

#3

I

LLUSTRATION

#2

2. Install the propeller on the shaft without the key in the keyway. Slide the propeller all the way on the shaft until it seats. Mark the shaft on the leading edge of the hub with a felt tip marker and remove the propeller.

3. Install the key in the keyway and slide the propeller on the shaft. If the key is not pinned, tap the key back slightly as the propeller slides up the taper. This will ensure that the propeller does not ride the key up the keyway end radius, thus forcing the propeller off-center. The propeller is properly seated if the hub is in the same position as previously marked.

4. Install a board (2 x 4) against the hub perpendicular to the keel and rotate the propeller clockwise until one blade rotates against the board. Do not put a board between the strut and the rudder.

5. Install the large bronze prop nut on the propeller shaft and seat the propeller with the correct torque (see table, next column).

6. Install the jam nut and torque to 100 ft. lbs.

7. Install the cotter pin.

2 X 4 WEDGE

BLOCK

I

LLUSTRATION

#4

Shaft

Diameter

1"

1 1/4"

1 1/2"

1 3/4"

2"

2 1/2"

Thread Prop

Size Nut

Jam Nut

Torque Torque

Ft. Lbs.

Ft. Lbs.

3/4"

7/8"

Bronze 100-125

Bronze 150-175

1 1/8" Bronze 250-275

1 1/4" Bronze 275-300

1 1/2" Bronze 325-350

1 3/4" Bronze 400-425

100

100

100

100

100

100

NOTICE

If the jam nut and prop nut are installed properly, the propeller should not loosen. If you tighten both nuts holding only the propeller blade, the nuts could possibly thread back on the shaft to the cotter pin. It is important that the above procedure be followed.

4.8

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan bridge )

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

B. S

HAFTS

The shaft coupling is the connecting point between the shaft and the engine. The alignment should be set at a maximum of .005" (0.13mm).

A slight misalignment will cause loss of power, excessive wear, noise and vibration and should not be tolerated. When checking for parallel coupling faces (the proof of proper alignment), use a feeler gauge not more than .003 to .005 of an inch thick (0.08 – 0.13mm).

S

HAFT

M

ISALIGNMENT

(F

IG

. 4.9.1)

TRANSMISSION

SHAFT

SHAFT

COUPLING

MAX .005

S

HAFT

L

OG

& S

TRONG

S

EAL

(F

IG

. 4.9.3)

B

A

C

D

E

F

A

B

C

SHAFT LOG TUBE

HOSE CLAMPS

WATER INJECTION

FITTING

D

E

F

CARRIER SEAL KIT

TO OPPOSITE ENGINES

SHAFT SEAL

HULL BOTTOM flexible hose which serves to absorb normal shaft vibration. The Strong Seal ™ prevents water from leaking around the shaft and into the boat. Shaft alignment and straightness must be correct to assure proper operation of the Strong Seal ™ . Refer to the Strong Seal ™ information for the seal carrier kit in the

Owner’s Manual packet.

With coupling faces brought together by hand – not bolted – the feeler gauge should be tightly gripped at all points around the edges of the couplings. Next, hold the engine coupling flange stationary and rotate the shaft coupling flange

90 degrees in either direction. The feeler gauge should still be tightly gripped at all points around the edges of the couplings.

C. C

ARRIER

S

EAL

K

IT

Your boat is equipped with spare carrier seals located on the port and starboard engine shafts.

Seal failure can be corrected by replacing the seal with the spare seals provided.

S

HAFT

L

OG

& S

TRONG

S

EAL

™

The shaft log is a fiberglass tube which provides an opening through the bottom of the boat for the propeller shaft. The Strong Seal ™ is connected to it by a short length of special

T

O

R

EPLACE THE

C

ARRIER

S

EAL

:

1. Clean any accumulated dirt and scale from the exposed shaft. MAKE SURE THERE ARE NO

SHARP EDGES OR BURRS ON THE SHAFT.

2. Separate the two halves of the Carrier Seal Kit housing by removing the screws. If there are

S

HAFT

L

OG

& S

TRONG

S

EAL

™ A

SSEMBLY

(F

IG

. 4.9.2)

A

B

C

I

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan bridge )

H

A

B

C

HOSE CLAMPS

WATER INJECTION

FITTING

CARRIER SEAL KIT

G

D

E

TO OPPOSITE

ENGINES SHAFT

SEAL

STRONG SEAL

F E

F

G

STAINLESS STEEL

BANDS

FLEXIBLE HOSE

D

H

I

SHAFT LOG

HULL

4.9

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

C

(F

ARRIER

IG

S

EAL

. 4.10.1)

K

A

IT

B

F

C

D

E

A

B

C

SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL

SEAL HOUSING

COVER SCREW

D

E

F

CARRIER SEAL

SHAFT COUPLING

PROPELLER SHAFT two lip seals in the carrier kit, move the forwardmost one forward on the shaft until out of the way.

3. Remove the retaining ring from the Strong

Seal™ using a small screwdriver (for a spiral ring) or snap-ring pliers (for a snap ring). Work the retaining ring around the new lip seal and move the ring forward out of the way.

4. Re-assemble the empty Carrier Seal Kit housing onto the shaft just forward of the new lip seal with the small diameter facing aft. Leave the screws loose enough that the housing can move along the shaft. The

Carrier Seal Kit housing is now ready to be used as a lip seal installation tool.

5. Push needle-nose pliers or a hook into the exposed body of the lip seal and pull it out of the Strong Seal ™ housing. Cut the old seal off the shaft with wire cutters. BE CAREFUL NOT

TO SCRATCH THE SHAFT.

6. Inspect and clean the inside of the Strong

Seal™ housing and the newly exposed area of the shaft that was under the old lip seal.

7. Push the new lip seal and installation tool aft until the lip seal contacts the Strong Seal™ housing. Using a rubber mallet, tap the face of the installation tool until the lip seal is seated within the Strong Seal™ housing. You will know the lip seal is fully seated when the retaining ring groove is exposed.

8. Remove the Carrier Seal Kit housing from the shaft. Re-install the retaining ring into its groove in the Strong Seal™ housing.

4.10

9. If the Carrier Seal Kit came with two lip seals, position the remaining lip seal back onto a convenient location on the shaft at least 2" forward of the Strong Seal™. Re-assemble the

Carrier Seal Kit housing around the lip seal with the smaller diameter facing forward. Tighten the screws and make sure the assembly is firmly secured on the shaft.

NOTE: As the Carrier Seal Kit is turning with the shaft and the Strong Seal™ is not, it is important that the two do not touch.

D. S

TRUT

The strut is the bronze casting fastened to the bottom of the hull to support and form a bearing for the propeller shaft. A replaceable rubber bearing is inserted to minimize wear and protect the shaft where it passes through the strut hub. During lay up periods, squirt castor oil into this bearing to keep it from freezing to the shaft. Never use machine oil or grease on rubber bearing.

Periodically check all strut fastenings to assure that they are secure.

S

TRUT

(F

IG

. 4.10.2)

12. V

A

B

STRUT

SHAFT LOG

C

D

C

D

PROPELLER SHAFT

BEARING

IBRATION

& C

A

AUSES

B

Some vibration is to be expected in your boat because of the action of the engines and the propeller. But excessive vibration indicates conditions which must be promptly corrected to avoid damage. Contact your Sea Ray ® dealer immediately if you are experiencing severe vibration.

The following are some conditions which may cause vibrations.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan bridge )

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

A. F

OREIGN

O

BJECT

I

NTERFERING WITH

P

ROPELLER

A

CTION

Weeds, ropes, fishing lines or nets can become wrapped around the propeller and/or shaft, causing vibration and loss of speed. Always stop and then reverse the propeller after going through a weedy area to unwrap and clear away any weeds which may have accumulated. Although reversing will sometimes help to unwrap lines and nets, they are difficult to remove without hauling the boat.

Always check for loose or trailing dock lines before getting underway. When towing a dinghy, remember that a long line may easily become entangled with the propeller when backing down.

such as the oil pan, reverse gear or reduction gear housing, contacts a stringer, brace or part of the hull, vibration will result. The flexible shaft log allows a limited side motion of the shaft, but an excessive “whip” can cause the shaft to strike the sides of the shaft hole or the shaft log with resultant vibration.

F. O

THER

P

OSSIBLE

C

AUSES

Other causes of vibration include the following: engine out of tune, a bent rudder, a worn strut bearing, a component of the exhaust system vibrating against the hull or improper contact between shaft taper and the propeller hub bore.

B. B

ENT

P

ROPELLER AND

/

OR

S

HAFT

A badly damaged or distorted propeller or shaft is an obvious cause of vibration. Even when the propeller appears to be perfect, make sure it has not been pulled off-center by the propeller key.

C. E

NGINE AND

S

HAFT OUT OF

A

LIGNMENT

Although the shaft is properly aligned when it leaves the factory, after transit and after the boat has been in the water a few days, the alignment should be rechecked.

The shaft coupling is the connecting point between the shaft and the engine and the alignment should be set at

.005 or less. Refer to SHAFTS (pg. 4.9) in this section of this Owner’s Manual.

13. R

B

UDDER

OX

& R

UDDER

S

TUFFING

The rudder is the vertical flat surface aft of the propeller that pivots about a vertical axis and changes the direction of the boat through the water. The rudder stuffing box prevents water from leaking into the boat where the rudder post enters the hull. Spot check for leaks before and after using your boat.

R

UDDER

& R

UDDER

S

TUFFING

B

OX

(F

IG

. 4.11.1)

D. C

OUPLING OUT OF

T

RUE

Although an extremely unlikely condition, check the couplings if other efforts to correct the vibration fail.

Check the engine half of the coupling (with dial indicator on the face) to see that it runs true with the shaft coupling. Also check the coupling keys.

They must fit correctly to prevent forcing the couplings off center.

E. E

NGINE

P

ART

H

ITTING

B

OAT

S

TRUCTURE

Engines are flexibly mounted to reduce transmission of vibration to the hull structure. If some part of the engine,

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan bridge )

C

D

B

A

E

F

A

B

C

D

E

F

RUDDER

HULL

JAM NUT

PACKING

RUDDER POST

RUDDER STUFFING

BOX

4.11

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

14. S

EACOCKS

S

TRAINER

(F

IG

. 4.12.1)

& S

TRAINERS

Seacocks and strainers provide cooling water to the engines, generator and A/C units located throughout the bilge area.

!

CAUTION

As a safety measure, close all seacocks when leaving boat for any length of time to impede water ingress in the event of water hose failure.

To open the seacock, turn the handle in line with water flow (vertically). To close, turn the handle against water flow (horizontally). The strainers should be inspected frequently and cleaned out when plugged. If operation of the air conditioning is excessive it is important that the A/C unit strainers are inspected more frequently than other strainers.

The seacock body should be inspected and lubricated annually.

NOTE: Some seacocks are equipped with locking tee handles which must be loosened before operating the handle

• Loosen strainer cap with the adjustable spanner wrench provided. The wrench is located in the galley trash can when the boat is shipped. Stow the wrench in an accessible area so that it is readily available when strainer maintenance is necessary.

• Rotate strainer cap clear of strainer housing.

Pull upward on stainless steel screen basket handle. Clean basket and replace.

15. H

YDRAULIC

S

TEERING

C

ONTROL

The hydraulic power steering ram ensures identical positioning of the port and starboard rudders. Check that rudder arms are tight and free of play. Ensure that fluid resevoir is up to level. Sea Ray ® recommends Sea Star hydraulic steering fluid or

Dextron 3 auto transmission fluid for the steering system.

P

OWER

S

TEERING

(F

IG

. 4.12.2)

C

D

B

FWD

ADJUSTABLE

SPANNER

WRENCH

(SUPPLIED)

B

A

A

C

D

A

B

C

D

E

F

CAP

O-RING

STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN

STRAINER BODY

HANDLE (OPEN POSITION)

SEACOCK

E

F

C

D

A

B

STARBOARD RUDDER POST

STEERING RAM

PORT RUDDER POST

AUTO PILOT RUDDER REFERENCE ARM

T

O CLEAN THE STRAINER

• Close the seacock by turning the handle against water flow direction (horizontally).

4.12

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan bridge )

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

16. 44 DB B

ILGE

L

AYOUT

44 DB B

ILGE

(F

IG

. 4.13.1)

A B

C

D

FWD

E

KK

JJ

F

HH

DD

CC

B B

GG

F F

E E

AA

G

I

H

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

S

Q

R

Z

Y

X

G

H

I

J

C

D

E

F

K

L

A

B

PORT ENGINE STRAINER

FORWARD BILGE PUMP

STARBOARD ENGINE STRAINER

STARBOARD FUEL TANK

FIRE EXTINGUISHER

STARBOARD ENGINE FUEL FILTER

STARBOARD BLGE BLOWER

OIL EXCHANGE UNIT

BOW THRUSTER BATTERIES (OPTIONAL)

OIL BOTTLES

ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS

WATER HEATER VENT

W

V

U

N

O

Q

R

S

T

U

V

M

P

W

X

STARBOARD FUEL TANK VENT

WATER HEATER

A/C STRAINER

MASTER STATEROOM VACU-FLUSH ®

STARBOARD FUEL FILL

STARBOARD EXHAUST BYPASS

GENERATOR EXHAUST

GENERATOR

TRIM TAB PUMP

COCKPIT WASHDOWN

GENERATOR FUEL FILTER

SMARTCRAFT RUDDER SENSOR

T

Y

Z

A A

B B

ENGINE EXHAUST

PORT FUEL FILL

GUEST STATEROOM VACU-FLUSH ®

MAIN ENGINE BATTERY BANK

CC

DD

EE

FF

HOLDING TANK

MACERATOR (OPTIONAL)

MAIN DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE

A/C WATER PUMP

GG PORT BILGE BLOWER

HH

JJ

KK

PORT ENGINE FUEL FILTER

PORT ENGINE EXHAUST

PORT FUEL TANK

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan bridge ) 4.13

S

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

G

EAR

44 DB B

ILGE

L

AYOUT

44 DB B

ILGE

L

AYOUT

(F

ORWARD

)

(F

IG

. 4.14.1)

A

L

B

FWD

K

C

D

J

H

I

A

B

C

D

E

F

FORWARD A/C UNIT

SHOWER SUMP

FORWARD STATEROOM HEAD

FORWARD STATEROOM HEAD BLOWER

GALLEY BLOWER

WATER MANIFOLD

G

H

I

J

K

L

WATER PUMP

VACUUM CLEANER

WATER TANK

GUEST STATEROOM HEAD BLOWER

GUEST STATEROOM HEAD

BOW THRUSTER (OPTIONAL)

G

F

E

4.14

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan bridge )

S

ECTION

5 • F

UEL

S

YSTEM

1. F

UEL

S

YSTEM

Section 3 - Using Your Boat contains important fueling information. Take time to read all the fuel related information in the owner’s manual.

Fuel lines, filters and all fuel system components should be checked at the start of each season and periodically thereafter, particularly after any work has been done aboard the boat which might have affected any part of the system. Be certain that all are in proper condition and that the entire system is fuel tight. Each fuel tank has manual shut-off valves on the top of the tank to close off the fuel system in case of leakage or line failure.

C. F

UEL

V

ENT

Your Sea Ray ® is equipped with a fuel tank vent for each tank which serves as a pressure/vacuum

F

UEL

F

ILL

& V

ENT

W

ITH

S

CREEN

/F

LAME

A

RRESTER

(F

IG

. 5.1.2)

A

A. F

UEL

T

ANKS

The 44 DB standard fuel system consists of two

(2) aluminum fuel tanks with a capacity of 175 gals. (662.45 liters) each, for a total capacity of

350 gals. (1,324.9 liters). The port and starboard fuel tanks are connected directly to their respective engine through the port and starboard

Racor ® fuel filters.

B. F

UEL

F

ILL

The fill inlets for the fuel tanks are located on the aft port and starboard gunwales.

B

A

B

FUEL FILL

SCREEN/FLAME ARRESTER

(STARBOARD SHOWN - PORT SIDE

TYPICAL)

44 DB F

UEL

T

ANKS

(F

IG

. 5.1.1)

A

B

FWD

D

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

C

C

D

A

B

PORT FUEL TANK

FORWARD ENGINE ROOM

BULKHEAD

STARBOARD FUEL TANK

AFT ENGINE ROOM BULKHEAD

5.1

S

ECTION

5 • F

UEL

S

YSTEM release and safety overflow. The through-hull fitting has a flame arrester, making it imperative that you keep the screen clean and in excellent repair. Replace the screen immediately if it becomes damaged or displaced. Periodically check the vents to assure that it they are not clogged.

contamination or for even fuel weight distribution.

The generator draws fuel from the fuel tanks utilizing valves on the fuel crossover board labeled FEED and RETURN. Under normal operation both feed and return should be on the same tank.

The generator crossover board is located behind an access door on the port aft of the cockpit

2. F

UEL

R

ECOMMENDATIONS

The quality of the fuel is very important for satisfactory engine performance and long engine life. Fuel should be clean and free of contamination.

Your fuel tanks should be kept full of fuel whenever possible. This will reduce the amount of water condensation and reduce the possibility of contamination.

NOTE: In rough seas, allow approximately 15% reserve when planning fuel consumption.

4. F

UEL

F

ILTERS

Primary fuel filters are located in-line between the fuel tank and the engine on the aft engine room bulkhead (See figure 5.3.1). To help keep the fuel as clean as possible, Sea Ray ® strongly urges you to fully comply with the recommended maintenance program consisting of proper lubrication and cleaning of the fuel filters, fuel lines and air filters provided by the engine manufacturer. Improper maintenance may adversly affect the claims made under the independant warranty provided by the

3. G

ENERATOR

F

UEL

C

ROSSOVER

S

YSTEM

The generator crossover fuel system allows the generator to draw fuel from either tank. This allows switching to an alternate tank in case of fuel

R

ACOR

® F

UEL

F

ILTER

(F

IG

. 5.2.2) A

G

ENERATOR

F

UEL

C

ROSSOVER

B

OARD

(F

IG

. 5.2.1) A

B

C

D

E

T-HANDLE

TURBINE

SEE-THRU BOWL

HEAT DEFLECTOR

DRAIN PLUG E

C

B

D engine manufacturer.

NOTE: Use of any methanol, gasohol or alcohol based fuel additive will damage the fuel filter.

A. G

ENERATOR

F

UEL

F

ILTER

A Racor ® fuel filter located in the bilge on the transom provides clean fuel to the generator.

5.2

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

44 DB F

UEL

L

INES

(F

IG

. 5.3.1)

H

G

A

B

S

ECTION

5 • F

UEL

S

YSTEM

E

F

C

D

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

STARBOARD FUEL TANK

STARBOARD TANK FUEL FILTER

PORT TANK FUEL FILTER

PORT FUEL TANK

PORT FUEL FILL

PORT FUEL VENT

STARBOARD FUEL VENT

STARBOARD FUEL FILL

FWD

G

ENERATOR

F

UEL

F

ILTER

(F

IG

. 5.3.2)

A

E

D

C

B

A

B

C

GENERATOR FUEL FILTER

GENERATOR FUEL CROSSOVER

BOARD

GENERATOR MUFFLER

D

E

GENERATOR EXHAUST

GENERATOR

B. F

UEL

F

ILTER

M

AINTENANCE

A major cause of poor starting or power loss is the result of a clogged filter element or a fuel system air leak. Check that the filter lid and drain plug are properly tightened. Inspect and drain the collection bowl of water daily.

R

ECOMMENDED

F

UEL

: #2 D

IESEL FUEL

!

WARNING

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65

Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the state of California to cause cancer, birth defects, and other reproductive harm.

T

O DRAIN WATER

:

1. Shut down the engine.

2. Loosen the T-handle on the top lid to break the vacuum within the filter.

R

ACOR

® F

UEL

F

ILTER

M

AINTENANCE

(F

IG

. 5.3.3)

A

B

C

D

A

B

T-HANDLE

RUBBER SEAL

FILTER ELEMENT

DRAIN PLUG

C

D

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 5.3

S

ECTION

5 • F

UEL

S

YSTEM

3. With a suitable collection container in place, remove the drain plug and allow water and contaminants to drain.

4. Replace the drain plug and, if necessary, prime the filter by removing the lid and filling the filter with clean fuel.

5. Replace the lid and tighten the lid T-handle by hand only. Do not overtighten.

Replace the filter element at regular intervals or if a power loss is detected.

T

O

R

EPLACE THE

F

ILTER

:

1. Shut down the engine.

2. Remove the lid .

3. Remove the old rubber lid seal and dispose of the old seal properly.

4. Apply a coating of clean fuel or motor oil to the rubber lid seal supplied with the new element.

5. Place the new seal in position on the lid.

6. Remove the filter element by holding the molded handle and slowly pulling upward with a twisting motion.

7. Insert the new filter element with a slow downward twisting motion.

8. Fill the filter with clean fuel, then replace the lid.

Tighten the lid T-handle by hand only. Do not overtighten.

9. Start the engine and check for any leaks.

10. Correct any leaks with the engine shut down.

It is recommended that spare filter elements be carried aboard as contaminated fuel can easily plug a filter.

REFER TO THE ENGINE OPERATOR’S MANUAL

FOR MORE DETAILED INFORMATION.

5. F

UELING

P

RECAUTIONS

Certain precautions must be carefully and completely observed every time a boat is fueled, even with diesel fuel. Diesel fuel is nonexplosive but it will burn.

5.4

A. G

ENERAL

:

• Fuel during daylight.

• Check fill plate label to ensure fuel is placed only in fuel tank. Fuel fill plates are located on the port and starboard aft gunwale.

• Avoid spills.

• Know your fuel capacity and consumption.

Record the amount of fuel used since your last fill up, and compute the engine’s hourly fuel usage. As a fuel gauge backup check, deduct the average hourly fuel usage from fuel tank capacity.

• Observe the “Rule of Thirds”: one-third fuel for trip out, one-third for return and one-third for reserve.

• Allow an additional 15 percent fuel reserve when operating in rough seas.

B. B

EFORE

& D

URING

F

UELING

–

C

HECKLIST

:

• Fire extinguisher – close at hand.

• Mooring – boat tied securely to fueling pier.

• Crew – at least one knowledgeable person present.

• Passengers – unnecessary people off the boat.

• Engines – stopped.

• Electrical equipment, including blowers – power off.

• Windows, doors, hatches – closed.

• Smoking material – extinguished.

• Inboard tanks – grounded.

• Filler pipe – marked DIESEL.

• Fuel nozzle – in contact with filler pipe to prevent static sparks.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

5 • F

UEL

S

YSTEM

• Fill level – fill less than rated capacity of tank; allow for fuel expansion.

• Trim – fuel weight distributed equally.

C. A

FTER

F

UELING

– C

HECKLIST

:

• Windows, doors, hatches – open.

• Sniff test – if fuel fumes remain, operate blowers until fumes are gone.

• Fuel tank – secure filler cap.

• Spills – wipe; dispose of rags ashore.

!

CAUTION

Never start an engine until you are certain that fuel fumes are not present in the engine compartment or elsewhere in the boat.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 5.5

S

ECTION

5 • F

UEL

S

YSTEM

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

5.6

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

1. DC S

YSTEM

The 12 volt direct current (DC) electrical system derives its power from the batteries, which are kept charged by an engine-driven alternator and/or AC converter. The battery voltage is indicated by the voltmeter on the main distribution panel and control station instrument panel. Each battery bank can be checked with the battery voltage test switch on the

DC distribution panel or the voltmeters at the helm, when the ignition is on. The batteries supply power to the main DC breaker panel in the bilge. In turn, this panel distributes power to the electronic fuse block and the control station breaker panel at the helm and to the DC distribution panel in the salon.

The 12 volt helmstation and cockpit systems are protected by the ELECTRONICS and CONTROL

STATION breakers on the main DC breaker panel on the forward bulkhead of the bilge. The 12 volt functions on the salon DC distribution panel are protected by the “CABIN MAIN” breaker on the main

DC breaker panel.

The negative terminal of each bank of batteries is attached to the main DC negative bus and the negative studs of the propulsion engines and the generator. This “negative ground system” is the approved system for marine DC electrical systems.

2. B

ATTERIES

The batteries in your boat have been selected for their ability to furnish starting power based on engine and generator starting requirements as well as their ability to supply power to the DC system.

The following table describes the recommended marine cranking batteries to install in your boat.

Application Group Volts CCA* Reserve Qty.

Engines 31DCM

Bow Thruster 31DCM

12

12

800

800

200

200

4

2

*COLD CRANKING AMPS

The main engine cranking batteries consist of four

(4) 31DCM series, 12 volt batteries, two (2) for each engine. If equipped with a bow thruster, there are

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

B

ATTERIES

P

OSITIVE

C

ABLE

R

OUTING

(F

IG

. 6.1.1)

F

E

D

C

B

A

G

H

A STARBOARD BATTERIES

B PORT BATTERIES

C MAIN DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE

D MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL

E PORT ENGINE POSITIVE

F STARBOARD ENGINE POSITIVE

G PORT BATTERIES POSITIVE

H STARBOARD BATTERIES POSITIVE

B

ATTERIES

N

EGATIVE

C

ABLE

R

OUTING

(F

IG

. 6.1.2)

G

H

FWD

FWD

I

F

E

D

C

B

A

A STARBOARD BATTERIES

C

D

B STARBOARD BATTERIES NEGATIVE

TERMINAL JUMPER

PORT BATTERIES

MAIN DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE

E MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUS

F PORT ENGINE NEGATIVE

G

H

ENGINE TO ENGINE NEGATIVE

STARBOARD ENGINE NEGATIVE

I PORT BATTERIES NEGATIVE

6.1

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

B

OW

T

HRUSTER

B

ATTERIES

(O

PTIONAL

)

(F

IG

. 6.2.1)

C

FWD

B

A

D

!

CAUTION

Always disconnect battery cables before doing any work on the engine's electrical system or alternator wiring to prevent arcing or damage to the

A

B

BOW THRUSTER BATTERIES

STARBOARD FORWARD

BILGE COMPONENT BOARD

C

D

BOW THRUSTER SOLENOID

BOW THRUSTER FUSE two (2) Group 31, 12 volt marine batteries connected in series dedicated to its operation.

Recommended batteries are available through your local Sea Ray ® dealer.

B. B

ATTERY

M

AINTENANCE

:

• Check the fluid level in the cells approximately every 4 weeks, and more often in summer and hot zones.

• The fluid level must be between the lower and the upper markings.

• Only replenish with distilled water. Do not use metal funnels.

• Coat battery terminal clamps with silicone grease. Keep battery clean and dry.

Only use a battery charger designed to charge automotive/marine type batteries when batteries are disconnected from the boat’s electrical circuit.

! DANGER

• Never use an open flame in the battery storage area.

• Avoid striking sparks near the batteries.

• A battery will explode if a flame or spark ignites the free hydrogen given off during charging.

!

CAUTION

While the engine or generator is running, the battery terminal clamps must not be loosened or detached nor should the battery solenoid switch(es) be turned off. The alternator and other electronic units will be damaged.

A. T

O

R

EMOVE THE

B

ATTERY

C

ABLES

:

1. Turn OFF all items drawing power from the batteries.

2. Turn OFF the “CONVERTER” breaker at the main distribution panel.

3. Turn OFF battery solenoid switches.

4. Remove the positive cable first, then the negative cable. To replace the cables, reverse the procedure.

6.2

3. M

AIN

DC B

REAKER

P

ANEL

The main DC breaker panel (Figure 6.3.1) is located on the forward component board in the bilge. The breaker panel contains breakers for various equipment.

The bilge pumps, emergency bilge pumps, bilge blowers, stereo memory and systems monitor remain energized at all times and CANNOT be turned OFF with the battery solenoids. The entire remaining DC system CAN be turned OFF with the battery solenoid switches.

! DANGER

Use ONLY Marine Rated parts to replace such items as starters, distributors, alternators, generators, etc. Do not use Automotive Parts because they are not ignition protected and could cause a fire or explosion.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

M

AIN

DC B

REAKER

P

ANEL

(F

IG

. 6.3.1)

CABIN

MAIN

PORT

IGNITION

CABLEMASTER

BAITWELL

ELECTRONIC

CONTROL

ACCESSORY

FWD SUMP

PUMP

FWD EMERGENCY

PUMP

FWD BILGE

PUMP

AFT EMERGENCY

PUMP

AFT

PUMP

CABIN

STEREO MEMORY

PORT BLOWER

ENGINE

UNSWITCHED

SMARTCRAFT

UNSWITCHED

BATTERY

CHARGER

PORT

MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL

12 VDC

STBD

CONTROL

STATION

ELECTRONICS

STBD

IGNITION

OIL CHANGE

PUMP

ELECTRONIC

CONTROL

ACCESSORY

ACCESSORY

EMERGENCY

BILGE PUMP

AFT SUMP

PUMP

AFT BILGE

PUMP

SYSTEMS

MONITOR

BRIDGE/COCKPIT

STEREO MEMORY

STBD

BLOWER

ENGINE

UNSWITCHED

SMARTCRAFT

UNSWITCHED

BATTERY

CHARGER

HIGH CURRENT PRESENT AT ALL

TIMES ON 12VDC LINE FEEDS,

CIRCUIT BREAKER IS LOCATED IN

MAIN DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE.

TURN OFF POWER PRIOR TO SERVICING PANEL.

NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment.

12 Volt DC Breakers

Cabin Main

Port Ignition

Cable Master

Baitwell

Electronic Control

Accessory

Fwd Sump Pump

Fwd Emergency Pump

Fwd Bilge Pump

Aft Emergency Pump

Aft Pump

Cabin Stereo Memory

Port Blower

Engine Unswitched

SmartCraft® Unswitched

Battery Charger

Amperage

60

15

15

15

15

15

15

6

15

15

60

15

20

15

10

XX

12 Volt DC Breakers

Control Station Main

Electronics

STBD Ignition

Oil Change Pump

Electronic Control

Accessory

Accessory

Emergency Bilge Pump

Aft Sump Pump

Aft Bilge Pump

Systems Monitor

Bridge/Cockpit Stereo Memory

STBD Blower

Engine Unswitched

SmartCraft® Unswitched

Battery Charger

Amperage

50

50

5

15

6

15

15

60

XX

15

15

15

15

20

10

XX

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.3

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

4. B

ATTERY

S

WITCHES AND

S

OLENOIDS

A. B

ATTERY

S

WITCHES

Battery switches for the main engines and generator battery solenoids are located on the Main

DC Distribution Panel located in the port salon and inside the Main Disconnects Enclosure which is located portside in the bilge forward of the main battery bank.

the engines or generator. when leaving your boat for an extended duration, turn the battery solenoids OFF by placing the battery switches on the Main DC Distribution panel in the De-

Energized position .

C. B

OW

T

HRUSTER

S

OLENOID

(O

PTIONAL

)

The latching solenoid for the bow thruster is located on the forward bilge component board.

B

ATTERY

S

OLENOID

S

WITCHES

(F

IG

. 6.4.1)

B

OW

T

HRUSTER

S

OLENOID

(O

PTIONAL

)

(F

IG

. 6.4.2)

A

FWD

D

C

B

C

D

A

B

BOW THRUSTER SOLENOID

BOW THRUSTER FUSE

BOW THRUSTER BATTERIES

STARBOARD FORWARD

BILGE COMPONENT BOARD

PORT

GEN

ENERGIZE

STBD

DE-ENERGIZE

B. M

AIN

B

ATTERY

S

OLENOIDS

The main engines and generator battery solenoids are inside the Main Disconnects Enclosure which is located portside in the bilge forward of the main engine battery bank (See figure 6.5.1).

When the solenoids are in the OFF position all current to the engines and accessories are turned off except power to the bilge pumps and other line side circuits (i.e. systems monitor, blowers, etc.). The battery solenoids must be ON to start

6.4

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

M

AIN

D

ISCONNECT

E

NCLOSURE

(F

IG

. 6.5.1)

FWD

C

D F

E

B

A

L

G

A BATTERY SOLENOID SWITCHES

B

C

D

E

STBD LINE SIDE PANEL FEED SWITCH

STARBOARD ENGINE SOLENOID

EMERGENCY START CROSSOVER SOLENOID

PORT ENGINE SOLENOID

F

G

WINDLASS SOLENOID FEED

H

I

PORT LINE SIDE PANEL FEED

GENERATOR SOLENOID

J

K

L

PORT LOAD SIDE PANEL FEED

WINDLASS SOLENOID

STBD LOAD SIDE PANEL FEED

BATTERY SOLENOID FUSE BLOCK

FWD

K

J

I

Function

Port Line Side Panel Feed

Windlass Solenoid Feed

Port LoadSide Panel Feed

Swim Platform

STBD Load Side Panel Feed

Gangplank/Davit Solenoid

STBD Line Side Panel Feed

H

Amperage

100

100

100

N/A

150

N/A

100

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.5

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

5. C

ONTROL

S

TATIONS

B

REAKER

P

ANEL

The control station breaker panel is located behind an access door under the helm at the control station.

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

B

REAKER

P

ANEL

(F

IG

. 6.6.1)

In the event one of the breakers trip, determine and correct the fault, then reset by depressing the tripped breaker.

Function

Navigation Lights

Engine Synchronizer (Optional)

Trim Tabs

Spotlight

12V DC Receptacle

Amperage

10

7

20

15

15

O

PTIONAL

L

OWER

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

B

REAKER

P

ANEL

(F

IG

. 6.6.2)

Function

Horn

Lighting

Stereo

Spreader Lights

Accessory

NAV

LIGHTS

ENGINE

SYNCH

TRIM

TABS

SPOT

LIGHT

12VDC

RECPT

PORT

WIPERS

CENTER STBD HORN ACCY

Amperage

25

20

25

15

XX

6.6

Function

Navigation Lights

Engine Synchronizer (Optional)

Trim Tabs

Spotlight

12V DC Receptacle

Amperage

10

7

20

15

15

Function

Wipers (3)

Horn

Accessory

Amperage

5

5

XX

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

6. E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

F

USE

B

LOCKS

& B

REAKERS

Fuse blocks utilizing automotive type blade fuses are used to provide overload protection to the electronic components at the helm and to the CO monitors in the cabin.

The electronics fuse block is located on the control station component board and can be accessed by opening the door below the helm.

The fuse block for the CO monitors throughout the vessel is located inside the Main DC

Distribution Panel in the aft salon.

F

USE

B

LOCK

, T

YPICAL

(F

IG

. 6.7.1)

E

LECTRONICS

F

USE

B

LOCK AT

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

(F

IG

. 6.7.2)

B. R

EPLACING A

F

USE OR

B

REAKER

!

WARNING

Use of higher amperage fuses or breakers is a fire hazard.

Use fuses and breakers having the same amperage rating as the original or as specified.

In the event it becomes necessary to replace a fuse or an electrical breaker, REPLACE THE

FUSE OR BREAKER ONLY WITH A FUSE OR

BREAKER OF THE SAME RATING . The amperage is marked on the fuse or breaker.

If a fuse or breaker is replaced with one of lower amperage, it will be insufficient to carry the electrical load of the equipment it is connected to and cause nuisance tripping or blowing.

Conversely if a fuse or breaker is replaced with one of higher amperage, it will not provide adequate protection against an electrical malfunction and could create a possible fire hazard.

It is recommended that you carry spare fuses and breakers. See pages 6.6 & 6.11 thru 6.13 for the proper breaker and/or fuse size.

Some of the various types of breakers used on your boat are as follows:

This type is an in-line fuse holder and uses an automotivetype blade fuse.

FUSE

A. W

INDLASS

B

REAKER

The windlass breaker is located inside the Main

Disconnects Enclosure which is located portside in the bilge forward of the main engine battery bank.

This type of breaker is found on the control station DC breaker panel located behind the access panel below the control station switch panel.

These breakers protect the

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.7

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM trim tabs, wipers (with lower control station option only), navigation lights, spot light, engine synchronizer, horn, instrument lights,

12V receptacle and accessories.

This type of breaker is typically found on the main distribution panel. It selects the electrical power source, either from the generator or from shore power.

12 V

OLT

A

CCESSORY

R

ECEPTACLE

(F

IG

. 6.8.1)

GALLEY

FF

EE

M

AK

ER

This type of breaker is found on the main DC breaker panel.

It is used to protect the bilge pumps, sump pumps, bilge blowers, control station main, electronics, systems monitor, oil change pump, stereo

SLOT FOR

DE-ENERGIZING memory and accessories.

This is a manual reset breaker. It can be turned off by inserting a small screwdriver in the slot on the toggle switch.

This type is a current limiting fuse which is used to isolate faults in battery operated systems and equipment

(motor circuits, panel feeders, etc.).

CONTROL STATION

Disconnects Enclosure which is located in the portside bilge forward of the main battery bank.

Holding the switch energizes the solenoid which parallels the batteries to assist in starting. Use the emergency start system when the charge of one bank of batteries is insufficient to start its corresponding engine.

E

MERGENCY

S

TART

S

YSTEM

(F

IG

. 6.8.2)

PORT IGN

STOP START/RUN

EMERG

START

STBD IGN

START/RUN STOP

ENGINE

SYNC

BILGE

BLOWERS HORN 7. 12 V

OLT

A

CCESSORY

R

ECEPTACLE

The 44 DB is equipped with two (2) 12 volt accessory receptacles. One is located on the port side of the control station and the other is in the upper aft cabinet of the galley. The receptacle is to be used with any 12 volt accessories using this type of plug.

8. E

MERGENCY

S

TART

S

YSTEM

The emergency start system utilizes a momentary switch located on the control station switch panel and an emergency start solenoid in the Main

6.8

BILGE PUMPS

FWD AFT

THRUSTER

MAIN 24V

PLATFORM

MAIN

WINDLASS

MAIN CONTROL ACCY ACCY

RUNNING ANCHOR

LIGHTS

DIMMER SPOTLIGHT

WIPERS

ON/OFF/INT LOW/MED/HI

WINDSHIELD

WASHER ACCY

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

To engage the engine emergency start system, start whichever engine has sufficient battery power, then hold the emergency start switch while starting the other engine

9. AC S

YSTEM

! DANGER

EXTREME HAZARD – Swimming near a boat operating on AC electrical system can lead to severe shock and death. Never swim or allow swimming when AC system is in use.

The 44 DB’s AC electrical system operates on a dual 120V/60 cycle, 30 amp shore power system or the onboard 120V/60 cycle generator.

Take time to become familiar with the Main

Distribution Panel in the port salon.

NOTE: Actual usage of equipment will depend on the amperage output of the power source available.

AC S

YSTEM

S

OURCE

S

ELECTOR

(F

IG

. 6.9.1)

0

50

100

150

AC VOLTS

AC AMPERES

120 VOLTS AC

0

50

100

150

AC VOLTS

AC AMPERES

POWER

POWER

GENERATOR SHORE

GALLEY SYSTEMS

REFRIGERATOR/

FREEZER

MIICROWAVE

BATTERY CHARGER

12V

AIR CONDITIONER

PUMP RELAY

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER

BOW THRUSTER

BATTERY CHARGER

24V

WASHER/DRYER

POWER

POWER

GENERATOR SHORE

STBD SYSTEMS

PORT SYSTEMS

WATER HEATER

STOVE

FWD AIR

CONDITIONER

MASTER STATEROOM

AIR CONDITIONER

COCKPIT AIR

CONDITIONER

ACCESSORY

Voltage from the generator or shore power is shown by the voltmeters on the AC main distribution panel.

The ammeters indicate amperes being drawn

!

WARNING

Under no circumstances override the source select system.

through the selected power source’s circuit breakers on the main distribution panel.

The main breakers located on the AC Main

Distribution Panel (See figure 6.11.1) receive power through a source selector slide. This selector prevents the generator and shore power from being energized at the same time and damaging the electrical system. Both generator and shore power breakers must be in the OFF position before switching to an alternate power source.

The main breakers may trip if there is a surge in line voltage, an electrical storm or an onboard system overload. The main breaker interrupts both the neutral and hot feeds in the AC circuit to prevent

!

CAUTION

Never operate 120 volt shore power at less than 105 volts.

equipment damage due to internal overloads and external surges.

The 120 volt wiring installed on Sea Ray ® boats consists of three (3) color-coded wires. The black wire is the “hot” feed, white is the common, or neutral, and the green wire is the ground. All branch breakers and switches for AC equipment are installed on the “hot” wire. The green conductor of the shore power is connected through the isolation transformers to the AC grounding bus bar behind the main distribution panel.

NOTE: The 220V/50Hz European (CE) option uses

Brown (Hot),Lt. Blue (Neutral) and Green (Ground) wiring.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.9

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

10. DC D

ISTRIBUTION

P

ANEL

Your boat is equipped with a DC distribution panel located on the port salon. The breaker panel contains switches for various equipment throughout the boat plus control switches for a duplicate set of switches on the Main DC Breaker

Panel in the bilge and the main battery and generator solenoids.

The bilge pumps, emergency bilge pumps, blowers, system monitors, stereo memory and engine ECM remain energized at all times and

CANNOT be turned OFF with the battery solenoids. The entire remaining DC system CAN be turned OFF with the battery solenoids.

.

A. S

ERVICING THE

M

AIN

D

ISTRIBUTION

P

ANEL

NOTE: Servicing should be referred to a qualified electrician.

6.10

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

AC M

AIN

D

ISTRIBUTION

P

ANEL

(F

IG

.6.11.1)

0

50

100

AC VOLTS

150

AC AMPERES

120 VOLTS AC

0

50

100

AC VOLTS

150

AC AMPERES

POWER POWER

GENERATOR SHORE

GALLEY SYSTEMS

REFRIGERATOR/

FREEZER

MIICROWAVE

BATTERY CHARGER

12V

AIR CONDITIONER

PUMP RELAY

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER

BOW THRUSTER

BATTERY CHARGER

24V

WASHER/DRYER

POWER POWER

GENERATOR SHORE

STBD SYSTEMS

PORT SYSTEMS

WATER HEATER

STOVE

FWD AIR

CONDITIONER

MASTER STATEROOM

AIR CONDITIONER

COCKPIT AIR

CONDITIONER

ACCESSORY

NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment upgrades

Function

Galley Systems

Refrigerator/Freezer

Amperage

20

15

Microwave

Battery Charger 12V

Air Conditioner Pump/Relay

Salon Air Conditioner

Bow Thruster Battery Charger 24V (Optional) 15

Washer/Dryer (Optional) 20

15

15

10

30

Source Selectors

Shore

Generator

Amperage

30

50

Function

STBD Systems

Port Systems

Water Heater

Stove

FWD Air Conditioner

Master Stateroom Air Conditioner

Cockpit Air Conditioner (Optional)

Accessory

Amperage

20

20

15

20

XX

30

XX

XX

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.11

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

AC M

AIN

D

ISTRIBUTION

P

ANEL

(CE O

PTION

)

(F

IG

. 6.12.1)

6.12

NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment upgrades

Function

Galley Systems

Refrigerator/Freezer

Microwave

Battery Charger 12V

Air Conditioner Pump/Relay

Salon Air Conditioner

Bow Thruster Battery Charger 24V (Optional)

Washer/Dryer (Optional)

Source Selectors

Shore

Generator

Amperage

10

10

10

5

5

15

5

10

Amperage

20

35

Function

STBD Systems

Port Systems

Water Heater

Stove

FWD Air Conditioner

Master Stateroom Air Conditioner

Cockpit Air Conditioner (Optional)

Accessory

Amperage

XX

15

XX

XX

10

10

10

10

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

DC M

AIN

D

ISTRIBUTION

P

ANEL

(F

IG

. 6.13.1)

NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment upgrades

Function

Master Head

Guest Head

Discharge Pump (Optional)

Power Vents

Stereo

Galley Refrigerator/freezer

Bridge/Cockpit Refrigerator

Amperage

10

10

10

20

50

15

15

Function

FWD Lighting

AFT Lighting

Bilge/Cockpit Lighting

Fresh Water Pump

Satellite TV System (Optional)

12V Receptacle

Accessory

Amperage

20

20

20

20

5

15

XX

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.13

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

DC M

AIN

D

ISTRIBUTION

P

ANEL

(F

IG

. 6.14.1)

A

B

A

B

CABIN DC NEGATIVE BUS

CO MONITOR FUSE BLOCK

B

ILGE

P

ORT

C

OMPONENT

B

OARD

(F

IG

. 6.14.2)

F

6.14

E

D

C

A

B

C

D

E

F

BILGE PORT COMPONENT BOARD

MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL

SYSTEMS MONITOR MODULE

MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUSS

SMARTCRAFT JUNCTION BOX

PORT FUEL TANK

B

FWD

A

B

ILGE

S

TARBOARD

C

OMPONENT

B

OARD

(F

IG

. 6.14.3)

G

FWD

H

F

E

A

D

C

B

G

H

E

F

A

B

C

D

BILGE STARBOARD COMPONENT BOARD

A/C PUMP JUNCTION BOX

BOW THRUSTER FUSE (OPTIONAL)

OIL EXCHANGE UNIT

STARBOARD ENGINE DCM

PORT ENGINE DCM

BOW THRUSTER SOLENOID (OPTIONAL)

STARBOARD FUEL TANK

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

11. E

LECTRONICS

C

IRCUIT

The 50 AMP/12V electronics circuit utilizes the

ELECTRONICS breaker on the Main DC Breaker

Panel located on the forward port bilge component board to energize the electronics fuse block at the control station. There is a static ground buss located at the control station for connection of electronic equipment static grounds only , not for current carrying grounds.

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

E

LECTRONICS

C

OMPONENT

B

OARD

(F

IG

. 6.15.1)

A

B

C

D

E

M

L

K

J

I

H

ELECTRONICS

MAIN NEGATIVE

ELECTRONICS

MAIN 12VDC

CONTROL STATION

MAIN 12VDC

HORN

G

F

C

D

A

B

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

SMARTCRAFT J-BOX

AUTOPILOT COMPUTER (OPTIONAL)

NMEA J-BOX

E SEA RAY NAVIGATOR POWER SUPPLY

(OPTIONAL)

H

I

J

F

G

SYNCHRONIZER MODULE (OPTIONAL)

MARINE VHF RADIO

SEA TALK J-BOX

3-WAY SEA TALK JUNCTION

ELECTRONICS FUSE BOX

K

L

BUS BAR

HORN RELAY

M BUS BARS

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.15

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

12. S

HORE

P

OWER

A. S

HORE

P

OWER

C

ORDS

The 44 DB is equipped with dual 30AMP/ 120V/

60 cycle, 50’ shore power cords for hookup to dockside power. The cords are stored in the transom storage box.

C. S

HORE

P

OWER

O

PERATION

The Main AC Distribution Panel located in the aft port salon distributes the required voltage for all the boat’s AC equipment and accessories. It is very important to know and understand where the power originates and how the power is distributed to the different voltage equipment and accessories.

To access shore power see “Shore Power” in

Section 3 - Using Your Boat , page 3.9.

B. S

HORE

P

OWER

B

REAKERS

There are two (2) 120VAC shore power breaker boxes located on the port side of the transom storage box above the shore power receptacles.

The breakers must be ON to operate the shore AC power system.

S

HORE

P

OWER

B

REAKERS

(F

IG

. 6.16.1)

D. I

SOLATION

T

RANSFORMER

Your yacht is equipped with an isolation transformer located in the starboard bilge aft of the starboard fuel tank. The boat’s electrical system and grounding conductor are not actually connected to the dockside system. The Isolation Transformer transfers power from the dockside electrical system to the boat’s electrical system by magnetic coupling.

This means there is no direct electrical connection between the earth-grounded shore AC power and boat AC power. Isolating the power this way has several benefits which are listed below:

I

SOLATION

T

RANSFORMERS

(F

IG

. 6.16.2) A

B

D

C

FWD

A

B

C

D

ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS

WATER HEATER

OIL STORAGE BOTTLES

STARBOARD FUEL TANK

6.16

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

1. Eliminates shock hazards to people swimming around the boat.

2. Prevents reverse polarity due to a miss-wired shore power pedestal providing futher protection to people onboard as well as sensitive AC appliances.

3. Prevents galvanic current corrosion due to the direct connection to AC shore power.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

The generator is located in the aft bilge. Generator gauges are located on the crossover board in the aft port cabinet of the cockpit and on the generator.

Sea Ray ® strongly urges you to fully comply with the manual provided by the generator manufacturer. The generator is warranted separately by the generator manufacturer, NOT Sea Ray ® . Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty schedule in your Generator Operator’s Manual included in the Owner’s Manual Packet. Generator abuse or improper maintenance may adversely affect claims made under generator manufacturer separate warranty.

13. G

ENERATOR

!

CAUTION

Do not run the generator in an enclosed area, such as a closed boathouse, as there is a possibility of build-up and inhaling of carbon monoxide.

A. G

ENERATOR

O

PERATION

The procedures for starting, stopping and switching between generator and shore power are explained in Section 3 - Using Your Boat , pages 3.10 thru 3.15.

G

ENERATOR

(F

IG

. 6.17.1)

A

H

B

C

FWD

G

F

E D

A GENERATOR

B FUEL FILTER

C FUEL CROSSOVER BOARD

D STRAINER

E INTAKE SEACOCK

F

G

MUFFLER

EXHAUST

H GAUGES

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.17

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

14. B

ATTERY

C

HARGERS

The main battery, generator and bow thruster battery charging units are located on the forward component board in the utility room. The utility room is accessed by lifting the galley companionway steps. These units are fully automatic and designed specifically for the marine environment. The high frequency characteristic has allowed these chargers to achieve a size and weight reduction over their previously used equipment. Commonly called high frequency or smart chargers, these units bring a new sophistication to the battery charger field. These units feature a built-in amperage indicator and a dual color power-on LED. When the charger is on

!

WARNING

Never block air circulation through the unit. Never store any gear on top of the units.

B

ATTERY

C

HARGERS

(F

IG

. 6.18.1)

A

D

B

C

NOTICE

Leave the converter running at all times to maintain the 12 volt system voltage.

the LED will be RED, indicating charger is in fast charge mode. After the absorption cycle is complete

(approx. 3 hours) the LED will change to GREEN, indicating the charger is in float mode. To verify that the charger is functioning properly, turn on lights or other load. The ammeter should register an increase.

A. C

HARGING

C

HARACTERISTICS

• Bulk Charge - this is initiated at power up and provides the chargers full-rated current to the battery bank until a predetermined voltage level of 14.2V to 14.4V is achieved and/or a certain time has passed.

• Absorption Charge - this stage immediately follows the bulk charge mode. It maintains the battery voltage at the bulk charge voltage level, but gradually decreases the current as the

6.18

CO

FF

EE

M

AK

A

B

MAIN ENGINES BATTERY CHARGER

BOW THRUSTER BATTERY CHARGER

(OPTIONAL)

C

D

BOW THRUSTER BATTERY CHARGER

FUSE (OPTIONAL)

TERMINAL POSTS battery accepts the charge until it reaches a predetermined current level.

• Float Charge - this stage is designed to hold the battery at a safe, low voltage (typically 13.3V) providing up to the chargers full rated amperage to accommodate DC load requirements. The charge will remain in this mode until the AC power is cycled off and then on again.

B. C

HARGING

C

HARACTERISTICS OF THE

BOW THRUSTER B

ATTERY

C

HARGER

.

• Bulk Charge - this is initiated at power up and provides the chargers full-rated current to the battery bank until a predetermined voltage level of 28.5V to 28.8V is achieved and/or a certain time has passed.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

• Absorption Charge - this stage immediately follows the bulk charge mode. It maintains the battery voltage at the bulk charge voltage level, but gradually decreases the current as the battery accepts the charge until it reaches a predetermined current level.

• Float Charge - this stage is designed to hold the battery at a safe, low voltage (typically 26.5V) providing up to the chargers full rated amperage to accommodate DC load requirements. The charge will remain in this mode until the AC power is cycled off and then on again.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

15. H

ALOGEN

L

IGHTING

Your 44 DB uses 12 volt

Halogen lights as the primary lighting system. The system is powered by the lighting breakers on the DC distribution panel located in the salon and activated by lighting switches throughout the boat (See

Section 2 - General Boat arrangement, Figures 2.25.1

thru 2.28.1).

H

ALOGEN

B

ULB

(F

IG

. 6.19.1)

A. C

HANGING A

B

LOWN

B

ULB

Use appropriate protection, such as a clean cloth or gloves when handling or disposing of all Halogencycle bulbs. Wear eye protection. Turn power off when installing or before removing lamp. Allow lamp to cool before removal.

Remove grease or fingerprints from new Halogen bulbs with a grease-free solvent before use.

Grab light fixture housing and pull gently from ceiling or wall.

Take care when pulling the housing as it is spring loaded in the socket and the clips will snap quickly downward when released from the ceiling or wall.

Grab the fixture containing the bulb and twist counter clockwise.

!

CAUTION

The filament bulbs used in all halogen-cycle lamps generate intense heat. To avoid the possibility of fire, do not use lamp at close range to materials that are combustible or affected by heat or drying.

Halogen-cycle bulbs are pressurized and could shatter if scratched or damaged. Glass halogencycle bulbs should be protected against contact with liquids when operating.

Pull the fixture out of the housing and replace the bulb with a bulb of equal wattage.

NOTE: The glass face plate in the housing is very fragile.

Be careful that it remains in place and does not fall out, as it will break easily.

To replace the housing, reverse the previous directions. Grab the clips and hold them upwards until the housing is placed into its receptacle in the wall or ceiling. Push gently to seat the light housing securely.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.19

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

16. G

ROUND

F

AULT

I

NTERRUPTER

R

ECEPTACLE

(GFI)

!

CAUTION

Persons with heart problems or other conditions which make them susceptible to electric shock may still be injured by ground faults on circuits protected by the GFI receptacle. No safety devices yet designed will protect against all hazards or carelessly handled or misused electrical equipment or wiring.

Ground fault interrupter receptacles are located in the galley inside the upper cabinet, in the master head upper cabinet over the sink, in the guest head upper cabinet over the sink, under the salon entry steps and in the cockpit under the wet bar. The GFI receptacles are out of sight and wired in-line with the exposed Vmar receptacles throughout the yacht. This allows your yacht to have an elegant exposed receptacle while still providing protection from shock hazards. Please read and understand the CAUTION block above.

GFI O

UTLET

(F

IG

. 6.20.1)

A. I

NTERNATIONAL

R

ECEPTACLE

All readily accessible 220V outlets are protected by a Residual Current Circuit Breaker (RCCB) located in an out-of-sight location such as under a cabinet and includes a test switch to verify proper operation.

Its function is similar, but not identical to the 120V

GFI.

I

NTERNATIONAL

R

ECEPTACLE

(F

IG

. 6.20.2)

RCCB

(F

IG

. 6.20.3)

The GFI receptacle is designed to protect people from the line-to-ground shock hazards which could occur from defective power tools or appliances operating from this device, or from down-line outlets protected by it. It does not prevent line-to-ground electric shock, but does limit the time of exposure to a period considered safe for normally healthy persons.

It does not protect persons against line-to-line or line-to-neutral faults.

The GFI receptacle does not protect against short circuits or overloads. This is the function of the circuit breaker.

6.20

17. E

LECTROLYTIC

C

ORROSION AND

Z

INC

A

NODES

Electrolysis corrosion of metals on power boats can result in serious deterioration. The boat owner must be aware of the possibilities of galvanic action

(the deterioration of metals due to dissimilar characteristics when placed in salt water), and/or electrolysis. It is the owner’s responsibility to check for and replace damaged parts due to galvanic deterioration. Refer to your Sea Ray ® dealer to investigate the source of stray corrosive currents.

Zinc plates are installed on the transom and trim tabs to protect underwater hardware. Zinc, being much less “noble” than copper based alloys and aluminum used in underwater fittings, will deteriorate first and protect the more noble parts.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Zinc anodes generally require replacement about once a year. (In salt water areas, replace every six (6) months) . The need to replace anodes more frequently may indicate a stray current problem within the boat or at the slip or mooring. If zinc anodes do not need replacing after one year, they may not be providing proper protection. Loose anodes or low-grade zinc may be the problem.

!

CAUTION

Replace zinc anodes if they are corroded 50% or more.

Z

INC

A

NODES ON

T

RANSOM AND

T

RIM

T

ABS

(F

IG

. 6.21.1)

A

D

B

C

When an AC shore power system is connected to the boat, the underwater metal fittings will, in effect, be connected through the water to grounded metals ashore. The zincs will be consumed at a faster rate unless the marina maintains a protective system to prevent this. In this case, hanging a zinc in the water bonded to the metal outlet box on the dock will reduce zinc loss on the boat. DO NOT connect this zinc to the boat’s ground system.

It is extremely important that all electrically operated DC equipment and accessories be wired so that the ground polarity of each device is the same as that of the battery. Sea Ray ® boats have a negative ground system, which is the recommended practice throughout the marine industry. All metal items (fuel tanks, underwater gear, etc.) in the boat are connected to the zinc anode by the green bonding wire.

!

CAUTION

Never disconnect the green wire (safety ground) from the engine terminal.

A

B

C

D

ZINC ANODE ON TRIM TABS

TRIM TABS

ZINC ANODE

TRANSOM ZINC ANODE

18. AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

S

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

H

ARNESSES

This owner's manual contains electrical schematics and wiring harness illustrations for your boat (See pages 6.22 thru 6.70). These electrical schematics were generated by electrical

CAD designers at the engineering division for technical reference and service technicians. Sea

Ray ® does not recommend that you attempt to work on the boat’s electrical system yourself.

Instead we recommend that you take your boat to your authorized Sea Ray ® dealer for service. Sea

Ray ® reserves the right to change or update the electrical system on any model at any time without notice to the consumer and is NOT obligated to make any updates to units built prior to changes.

Electrolytic corrosion can also be caused by “stray currents” due to a fault in an electrical item, even though correctly grounded.

NOTICE

DO NOT PAINT BETWEEN THE ZINC AND THE

METAL IT CONTACTS, AND DO NOT PAINT OVER

THE ZINC.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.21

B

ONDING HARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.22.1)

A

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

C B

D

FWD

E

J

I

H

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

BONDING BUS

PORT RUDDER SUPPORT

PORT RUDDER ARM

PORT EXHAUST OUTLET

TO MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUS,

ENGINE SEACOCK

PORT RUDDER PACKING GLAND

PORT STRUT

A/C STRAINER

A/C SEACOCK

WASTE DISCHARGE SEACOCK

(OPTIONAL)

DRAWING NO. 09-201 (1 OF 4)

B

ONDING HARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.22.2)

A

H

G

F

E

B

FWD

C

C

D

A

B

E

F

G

H

STARBOARD EXHAUST OUTLET

STARBOARD RUDDER ARM

STARBOARD RUDDER SUPPORT

GENERATOR SEACOCK

GENERATOR STRAINER

STARBOARD STRUT

ROUTE TO A/C PUMP MANIFOLD

STARBOARD RUDDER PACKING

GLAND

6.22

DRAWING NO. 09-201 (2 OF 4)

D

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

B

ONDING HARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.23.1)

E

F

G

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

A

FWD

B

C

F

G

A

B

C

D

E

PORT ENGINE EXHAUST

A/C PUMP MANIFOLD

A/C PUMP

STARBOARD ENGINE EXHAUST

STARBOARD ENGINE SEACOCK,

STRAINER

STARBOARD ENGINE SEACOCK

STARBOARD ENGINE STRAINER

D

DRAWING NO. 09-201 (3 OF 4)

B

ONDING

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.23.2)

C

A

B

FWD

F E

DRAWING NO. 09-201 (4 OF 4)

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

D

A

B

C

D

E

F

PORT ENGINE STRAINER

PORT ENGINE SEACOCK

TRANSDUCER (OPTIONAL)

ROUTE TO STARBOARD ENGINE SEACOCK,

STRAINER

PORT ENGINE EXHAUST, ROUTE TO PORT

ENGINE

MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUS

6.23

E

NGINE

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.24.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

A B

C

D

E

FWD

H

G

DRAWING NO. 09-806 (1 OF 2)

E

NGINE

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.24.2)

A

B

C

F

A

B

C

F

G

D

E

H

ROUTE TO BRIDGE SYSTEM

PORT FUEL SENDER

PORT ENGINE CONNECTORS

STARBOARD ENGINE CONNECTORS

STARBOARD FUEL SENDER

SMARTCRAFT DCM’S

MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL

MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUS

FWD

D

6.24

DRAWING NO. 09-806 (2 OF 2)

E

C

D

A

B

E

PORT SHIFT SWITCHES

CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL

STARBOARD SHIFT SWITCHES

INSTRUMENT PANEL

MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUS

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

S

TARBOARD

C

ABIN

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.25.1) P

O FWD

A

N

M

L

J

K

I

DRAWING NO. 09-811 (1 OF 4)

S

TARBOARD

C

ABIN

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.25.2)

B

A

H

G

F

E

D

C

C

FWD

F

D

K

J

E

B

K

L

J

I

M

N

O

P

A

D

E

B

C

F

G

H

MASTER STATEROOM PHONE

MASTER STATEROOM RECEPTACLE

FORWARD HEAD GFI RECEPTACLE

MICROWAVE RECEPTACLE

REFRIGERATOR RECEIPT

COFFEE MAKER RECEPTACLE

GALLEY GFI AND 12VDC RECEPTACLE

SALON RECEPTACLE

STARBOARD COCKPIT SPEAKER

TO PORT CABIN HARNESS

STEREO AMPLIFIERS

AC RELAY

TO BRIDGE RECEPTACLE

COMPANIONWAY SWITCHES

COMPANIONWAY LIGHT

MASTER STATEROOM TV ANTENNA

H

FWD

G

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

TO PORT CABIN HARNESS

AC DISTRIBUTION PANEL

SALON

DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL

SALON RECEPTACLE

GALLEY

COFFEE MAKER

TO ENTERTAINMENT CENTER

RCA CABLE CONNECTIONS

TO GALLEY STEP LIGHT

BILGE HARNESS CONNECTIONS

I

DRAWING NO. 09-811 (2 OF 4)

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.25

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

S

TARBOARD

C

ABIN HARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.26.1)

A

FWD

F

B

A

B

C

D

E

F

TV ANTENNA SPLITTER

TV ANTENNA AMPLIFIER

PHONE RECEPTACLE

SALON A/C

COCKPIT RECEPTACLE

SALON TV RECEPTACLE

E

D

DRAWING NO. 09-811 (3 OF 4)

S

TARBOARD

C

ABIN

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.26.2)

A

C

B

FWD

C

H

G

F

E

6.26

DRAWING NO. 09-811 (3 OF 4)

D

E

F

G

H

A

B

C

D

TO GALLEY STOVE LIGHTS

TO GALLEY SWITCHES

TO FORWARD STATEROOM

REFRIGERATOR 12VDC

TO STOVE J-BOX

GALLEY VENT MOTOR

REFRIGERATOR RECEPTACLE

MICROWAVE RECEPTACLE

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

S

TARBOARD

C

ABIN HARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.27.1)

A

FWD

B

A

B

PORT STATEROOM SWITCHES

BUNK INDIRECT LIGHT

DRAWING NO. 09-811 (4 OF 4)

S

TARBOARD

C

ABIN

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.27.2)

C

A

FWD

B

DRAWING NO. 09-811 (4 OF 4)

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

A

B

C

GALLEY STEP LIGHTS

UTILITY ROOM LIGHTS

SALON RECEPTACLE

6.27

P

ORT

C

ABIN

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.28.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

A

K

H

I

J

FWD

G

F

E

D

C

B

DRAWING NO. 09-813 (1 OF 4)

P

ORT

C

ABIN

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.28.2)

A

H

G

F

B

C

D

FWD

F

G

D

E

H

I

A

B

C

J

K

TO BRIDGE SYSTEMS

GUEST HEAD SYSTEMS

TO PORT STATEROOM SYSTEMS

GUEST STATEROOM HEAD GFI

MASTER STATEROOM SWITCHES

MASTER STATEROOM A/C

MASTER STATEROOM PHONE

WINDLASS MOTOR

WINDLASS CONTROL SOLENOIDS AND

SPOTLIGHT MODULE

PORT STATEROOM TV RECEPTACLE

MASTER STATEROOM CEILING LIGHTS

E

A

B

TO BRIDGE SYSTEMS

BRIDGE/COCKPIT STEREO

AMPLIFIER

C

D

E

F

G

H

CABIN STEREO AMPLIFIER

A/C RELAY

MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUS

COCKPIT ICEMAKER RECEPTACLE

PORT COCKPIT SPEAKER

MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL

DRAWING NO. 09-813 REVISION 1 (2 OF 4)

6.28

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

P

ORT

C

ABIN

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.29.1)

A

B

FWD

C

D

A

B

C

D

E

F

PORT SPEAKER

PORT TASK LIGHT

STARBOARD TASK LIGHT

STARBOARD SPEAKER

FORWARD STATEROOM A/C

BUNK INDIRECT LIGHT

F

DRAWING NO. 09-813 REVISION 1 (3 OF 4)

P

ORT

C

ABIN

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.29.2)

B

E

A

FWD

D

C

DRAWING NO. 09-813 REVISION 1 (3 OF 4)

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

A

B

C

D

VACUUM RECEPTACLE

AUTOPILOT COMPASS ROUTE TO

BRIDGE (OPTIONAL)

AUTOPILOT COMPASS (OPTIONAL)

PORT STATEROOM RECPTACLE

6.29

P

ORT

C

ABIN

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.30.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

A

FWD

B E

DRAWING NO. 09-813 (4 OF 4)

F

ORWARD

H

EAD

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.30.2)

A

C

D

A

A

B

C

FWD

A

B

C

D

E

TO SPOTLIGHT CONTROL

CONTROL STATION/BRIDGE CONNECTIONS

DISTRIBUTION PANELS

TO BILGE SYSTEMS

HORN TERMINAL STUD

6.30

DRAWING NO. 09-819

F

E

D

A

A

E

F

B

C

D

FORWARD HEAD CEILING LIGHT

MASTER STATEROOM CO MONITOR

MASTER STATEROOM LOCKER LIGHT

STARBOARD CABIN HARNESS

FORWARD HEAD VENT MOTOR

FORWARD HEAD SWITCH/INDICATOR

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

G

UEST

H

EAD

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.31.1)

A

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

B

C

D

E

F

FWD

D

J

I

H

G

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

A

B

C

MASTER STATEROOM CLOSET LIGHT

GUEST STATEROOM LIGHTS

PORT STATEROOM LIGHTS

PORT STATEROOM TASK LIGHT

PORT STATEROOM CO MONITOR

PORT STATEROOM CLOSET LIGHT

PORT STATEROOM SWITCHES

PORT CABIN HARNESS

GUEST HEAD VENT

GUEST HEAD SWITCHES

DRAWING NO. 09-823

D

ECK

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.31.2)

FWD A

E H

G

F

E

DRAWING NO. 09-835 (1 OF 4)

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

D

B

C

A

B

C

D

E

BRIDGE LIGHT SWITCHES

COCKPIT INDIRECT LIGHT

TO BILGE LIGHT

SHORE POWER SYSTEMS

PORT BOW RAIL GROUNDING (KEEP

SEPARATE FROM HARNESSES)

F

G

H

TRANSOM SWITCHES, LIGHTS

COCKPIT INDIRECT LIGHT

TO MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL

6.31

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

D

ECK

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.32.1)

A

B

FWD

C

D

E

C

A

B

C

D

E

MAST LIGHT GROUNDING

(TO STARBOARD RUDDER ARM, KEEP

SEPARATE FROM HARNESSES)

TO SALON ENTRANCE SWITCH

STARBOARD BOW RAIL GROUNDING

(TO STARBOARD RUDDER ARM, KEEP

SEPARATE FROM HARNESSES)

COCKPIT INDIRECT LIGHT

TO TV GAIN CONTROL

DRAWING NO. 09-835 (2 OF 4)

D

ECK

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.32.2)

B

B

FWD

A

B

DECK SHOWN INVERTED FOR CLARITY

6.32

DRAWING NO. 09-835 (3 OF 4)

B

A

BILGE HARNESS CONNECTIONS

(TO PORT BILGE COMPONENT BOARD)

B

BILGE LIGHTS

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

B

RIDGE

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.33.1)

B

C

D

E

A

F

G

FWD

J

DRAWING NO. 09-839 (1 OF 2)

B

RIDGE

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.33.2)

A

F

I

H

B

C

D

FWD

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

SPOILER HARNESS

BILGE AND PORT CABIN HARNESSES

BRIDGE SWITCH

SUBWOOFER

PORT NAVIGATION LIGHT

PORT BRIDGE LIGHT

CONTROL STATION COMPONENT BOARD

CONNECTIONS

H

J

I

STARBOARD NAVIGATION LIGHT

TO STEREO

STERN NAVIGATION LIGHT

E

A

B

C

D

E

F

SWITCH PANEL

STARBOARD NAVIGATION LIGHT

STARBOARD BRIDGE LIGHT

TO STEREO

PORT NAVIGATION LIGHT

12VDC RECEPTACLE, TRIM TABS,

SYSTEM MONITOR

DRAWING NO. 09-839 (2 OF 2)

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.33

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

S

ALON

C

EILING

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.34.1)

B

B

A

B

FWD

C

A

B

C

D

TO PORT CABIN HARNESS CONNECTIONS

SALON CEILING LIGHTS

GALLEY LIGHT, SALON SPEAKERS

COCKPIT OVERHEAD LIGHT

D

D

DRAWING NO. 09-831 (1 OF 2)

W

INDLASS

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.34.2)

FWD

A

B

D

6.34

DECK SHOWN INVERTED FOR CLARITY

DRAWING NO. 09-863

C

A

B

C

D

SPOTLIGHT MODULE

WINDLASS CONTROL SOLENOID

WINDLASS MOTOR

WINDLASS FOOT SWITCHES

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.35.1)

B

A

C

D

E

F

FWD

G

N

M

L

K

J

I

H

G

H

I

D

E

F

J

K

A

B

C

L

M

N

RADAR, CHARTPLOTTER (OPTIONAL)

TRIM TAB SWITCH

SYSTEMS MONITOR

GPS

TRI DATA

EXTINGUISHER DISPLAY

STEREO REMOTE

AUTOPILOT COURSE COMPUTER (OPTIONAL)

ELECTRONICS FUSE BLOCK

TO SMARTCRAFT J-BOX (OPTIONAL)

CONTROL STATION NEGATIVE BUS

HORN RELAY

12VDC RECEPTACLE

ORIGIN OF CONNECTION TO BRIDGE

HARNESS

DRAWING NO. 09-809

G

ENERATOR

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.35.2)

FWD A

C

B

A

B

C

DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL

GENERATOR

REMOTE GAUGES

DRAWING NO. 09-817

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.35

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

S

POILER

H

ARNESS

(F

IG

. 6.36.1)

A

B

FWD

F

G

H

G

C

E

D

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

MAST LIGHT

TV ANTENNA

STARBOARD SPEAKER

SPOILER CONNECTION

TO BRIDGE HARNESS

PORT SPEAKER

OVERHEAD LIGHTS

STEREO ANTENNA

DRAWING NO. 09-893

6.36

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

DC W

IRING

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.37.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-601 revision 4 (1 0f 4)

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.37

DC W

IRING

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.38.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

6.38

Drawing No. 09-601 (2 0f 5)

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

DC W

IRING

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.39.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-601 (3 0f 5)

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.39

DC W

IRING

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.40.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-601 (4 0f 5)

6.40

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

DC W

IRING

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.41.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-601 (5 0f 5)

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.41

C

ABIN

DC W

IRING

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.42.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-602 (1 0f 2)

6.42

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

C

ABIN

DC W

IRING

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.43.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-602 (2 of 2)

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.43

M

AIN

N

EGATIVES

, G

ROUNDING

& B

ONDING

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.44.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

6.44

Drawing No. 09-603

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

E

NGINE

H

ARNESS

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.45.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-604 (1 of 2)

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.45

E

NGINE

H

ARNESS

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.46.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

6.46

Drawing No. 09-604 (2 OF 2)

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

YSTEMS

M

ONITOR

W

IRING

D

IAGRAM

(F

IG

. 6.47.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-606 (1 of 2)

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.47

DC W

IRING

S

CHEMATIC

(L

OWER

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

)

(F

IG

. 6.48.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-605 (1 of 2)

6.48

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

DC W

IRING

S

CHEMATIC

(L

OWER

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

)

(F

IG

. 6.49.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-605 (2 of 2)

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.49

S

YSTEMS

M

ONITOR

W

IRING

D

IAGRAM

(O

PTIONAL

L

OWER

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

)

(F

IG

. 6.50.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

6.50

Drawing No. 09-606 (2 of 2)

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

TOVE

T

OP

S

WITCH

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.51.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-607

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.51

B

OW

T

HRUSTER

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.52.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

6.52

Drawing No. 09-609

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

W

INDLASS

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.53.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-610 (1 of 2)

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.53

W

INDLASS

S

CHEMATIC

(O

PTIONAL

L

OWER

C

ONTROL

S

TATION

)

(F

IG

. 6.54.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-610 (2 of 2)

6.54

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

TEREO

W

IRING

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.55.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-611

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.55

TV & S

TEREO

A

NTENNA

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.56.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

6.56

Drawing No. 09-613

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

TEREO

S

YSTEM

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.57.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-615

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.57

O

NAN

H

IGH

V

OLTAGE

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.58.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

6.58

Drawing No. 09-618

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

I

NTERCONNECT

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.59.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-622

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.59

G

ENERATOR

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.60.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

6.60

Drawing No. 09-624

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

AC S

YSTEM

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.61.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-631 (1 of 2)

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.61

AC S

YSTEM

S

CHEMATIC

(F

IG

. 6.62.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

1

2

1

2

6.62

Drawing No. 09-631 (2 of 2)

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

AC S

YSTEM

S

CHEMATIC

(220/50HZ O

PTION

)

(F

IG

. 6.63.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-632 (1 of 2)

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.63

AC S

YSTEM

S

CHEMATIC

(220/50HZ O

PTION

)

(F

IG

. 6.64.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

H1

H2

SH

X2

X1

H1

H2

SH

X2

X1

Drawing No. 09-632 (2 of 2)

6.64

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

AC S

YSTEM

W

IRING

D

IAGRAM

(F

IG

. 6.65.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-640

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.65

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

AC S

YSTEM

W

IRING

D

IAGRAM

(240V/50HZ E

URO

O

PTION

)

(F

IG

. 6.66.1)

COFFEE MAKER

RECEPTACLE

AIR CONDITIONER

PUMP J-BOX

806

AIR CONDITIONER

RELAY

813

873

SHORE LINE

BREAKER #1

SHORE LINE

BREAKER #2

GALLEY GFI

RECEPTACLE

GALLEY

REFRIGERATOR

MICROWAVE

RECEPTACLE

BATTERY CHARGER

800

801

812

818

819

803

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER

BOW THRUSTER

BATTERY CHARGER

WASHER/DRYER

RECEPTACLE

807

872

804

876

MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL

220V/50HZ AC

GALLEY SYSTEMS

REFRIGERATOR/

FREEZER

MICROWAVE

BATTERY CHARGER

12V

AIR CONDITIONER

PUMP/RELAY

SALON

AIR CONDITIONER

BOW THRUSTER

BATTERY CHARGER

WASHER/DRYER

STBD SYSTEMS

PORT SYSTEMS

WATER HEATER

STOVE

FWD AIR

CONDITIONER

MASTER STRM

AIR CONDITIONER

COCKPIT AIR

CONDITIONER

ACCESSORY

840

809

805

820

874

802

MASTER HEAD

GFI RECEPTACLE

GUEST HEAD

GFI RECEPTACLE

WATER HEATER

STOVE

GENERATOR

841

810

MASTER STRM

AIR CONDITIONER

875

MASTER STRM

RECEPTACLE

MASTER STRM TV

RECEPTACLE

842

830

SALON

RECEPTACLE

VACUUM

RECEPTACLE

843

831

BRIDGE

RECEPTACLE

845

COCKPIT

RECEPTACLE

844

SALON TV

RECEPTACLE

PORT STRM

RECEPTACLE

832

COCKPIT REFRIG/

ICEMAKER RECPT.

Drawing No. 09-641

6.66

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

AC S

YSTEM

W

IRING

D

IAGRAM

(240V/50HZ E

URO

O

PTION

)

(F

IG

. 6.67.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-702

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.67

VHS I

NTERCONNECT

D

IAGRAM

(F

IG

. 6.68.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

6.68

Drawing No. 09-750

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

EA

R

AY

N

AVIGATOR

D

IAGRAM

(F

IG

. 6.69.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-751

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 6.69

S

EA

R

AY

N

AVIGATOR

D

IAGRAM

(F

IG

. 6.70.1)

S

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

S

YSTEM

Drawing No. 09-870 (6 of 6)

6.70

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

1. L

AYOUT AND

A

CCESSORIES

Figures 7.18.1 and 7.19.1 identify the location and arrangement of the equipment and components on your yacht. We strongly suggest that you walk through your yacht, locate the features illustrated, and become familiar with their operation and maintenance.

2. C

ARBON

M

ONOXIDE

M

ONITORS

The 44 DB is equipped with carbon monoxide

(CO) monitors throughout the boat ( See Section

2, General Boat Arrangement , page 2.26 for location of CO Monitors). The CO monitor is an electronic instrument that detects carbon monoxide. When there is a build-up of CO in any room, the monitor in that room will alert the occupants by a flashing a DANGER light and sounding an alarm.

It is important that you read and understand the CO monitor information and operating

C

ARBON

M

ONOXIDE

M

ONITOR

(F

IG

. 7.1.1)

POWER

INDICATOR

DANGER

INDICATOR

!

CAUTION

This detector will only indicate the presence of carbon monoxide gas at the sensor. Carbon monoxide may be present in other areas.

instructions. It is extremely important that you become familiar with the CO monitor and its functions.

A. T

ESTING THE

CO M

ONITOR

Test the monitors on your boat for at manufacturers required intervals by pushing the TEST button on the side of the unit. If the unit is operating correctly both audible and visual warning indicators will be activated.

!

CAUTION

To reduce the risk of carbon monoxide poisoning, test the monitor operation when not in use for 10 days or more.

REFER TO THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTION

MANUAL IN THE OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

TEST

BUTTON

(ON SIDE)

!

DANGER

Actuation of the CO monitor indicates the presence of carbon monoxide which can be FATAL.

EVACUATE THE PREMISES IMMEDIATELY. DO A HEAD

COUNT TO CHECK THAT ALL PERSONS ARE

ACCOUNTED FOR. CALL THE NEAREST FIRE

DEPARTMENT AND ASK THEM TO DETERMINE THE

SOURCE OF CARBON MONOXIDE. DO NOT REENTER

PREMISES UNTIL IT HAS BEEN AIRED OUT AND THE

PROBLEM IS CORRECTED.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

HORN 3. A

IR

C

ONDITIONING

& H

EATING

The 44 DB air conditioning/heating system consists of two (2) standard air conditioning/heating units, a raw water pump with seacock and strainer and a relay unit so the water pump will be activated by demand when any AC unit comes on.

Care should be taken so as not to stow items around the air handlers that may block the return air grill or damage the freon lines running to the compressor.

The air filters for each unit should be removed and cleaned periodically to assure fresh, clean air circulation and to reduce stress on the unit.

The master stateroom unit is a 16,000 BTU unit located under the the bunk. This unit also services

7.1

MASTER

STATEROOM

AIR HANDLER

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

A

IR

C

ONDITIONING

/H

EATING

L

OCATIONS

(F

IG

. 7.2.1) starboard bilge forward of the water heater . The pump draws water through a seacock and filters it through a sea water strainer. The water passes through each compressor cooling the condensing coils, then flows overboard through the thru-hull vents. (The sea water strainer should be inspected frequently and cleaned out when plugged. To clean strainer, refer to Section 4- Bilge & Underwater Gear , pg. 4.12, Seacocks & Strainers). The relay control unit is located behind the forward cushion of the port salon sofa.

A/C C

OMPONENTS

(F

IG

. 7.2.2)

FWD

SALON, AFT

STATEROOM & HEAD

AIR HANDLER

A

C

B

D

C

D

A

B

A/C PUMP

STARBOARD INBOARD STRINGER

A/C STRAINER

A/C SEACOCK

A/C R

ELAY

(F

IG

. 7.2.3)

A

FWD the port stateroom and guest head. The controls for the unit are located on the master stateroom port hanging closet wall. The removable air filter can be accessed by lifting the hatch under the bottom of the bunk mattress.

The salon unit is a 16,000 BTU unit which is located on the starboard side, aft of the sofa under the entertainment cabinet. The controls for the unit are located on the forward wall of the entertainment cabinet on the starboard side of the salon. The removable air filter is located on the face of the unit.

The system is cooled to maintain optimal operating temperature by the raw water pump located in the

7.2

B

A

B

A/C RELAY

PORT SALON SOFA

The condensation drains for the compressor units connect to the cabin sump through the common drain.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

A. T

O

S

TART

S

YSTEM

:

1. Make sure the seacock for the cooling water pump is open.

2. Turn ON the AIR CONDITIONER PUMP/RELAY circuit breaker on the main AC distribution panel.

Turn ON each A/C UNIT circuit breaker located on the same panel.

3. Refer to air conditioner owner’s manual in the owner’s packet for instructions on operation of the control panels.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

faucets. The hot and cold water lines throughout the boat are color coded: RED (hot) and BLUE

(cold).

A. W

ATER

T

ANK

The 120 gallon water tank is located beneath the starboard bunk in the port stateroom. To check the water level in the tank, press the water level switch on the DC Distribution Panel located in the salon.

The lights will indicate the level of water in the tank.

D W

ATER

T

ANK

(F

IG

. 7.3.2)

B

C

4. W

ATER

S

YSTEM

The fresh water system consists of a 120 gallon

(454.24 liter) water tank, a 12 volt water pump, water heater and accumulator tank.

The fresh water system is activated by the FRESH

WATER PUMP breaker on the Main DC Distribution

Panel. The breaker must be ON to operate the head, shower, ice maker, fresh water washdowns and

A

FWD

C

D

A

B

FRESH WATER TANK

PORT STATEROOM INBOARD BULKHEAD

FORWARD ENGINE ROOM BULKHEAD

FRESH WATER FILL

F

RESH

W

ATER

L

INES

R

OUTING

(F

IG

. 7.3.1)

FWD

J

I

K

H

L

M

G

F

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

WATER HEATER

BILGE WASHDOWN

CITY WATER & TRANSOM WASHDOWN

TRANSOM SHOWER

WASHER (OPTIONAL)

WATER TANK

FRESH WATER FILL

H

I

J

K

L

M

GUEST HEAD & SHOWER

ROPE LOCKER WASHDOWN

MASTER STATEROOM HEAD & SHOWER

WATER MANIFOLD

WATER PUMP

GALLEY HOT & COLD SUPPLY

E

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

D

C

B

A

7.3

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

F

ILLING THE

W

ATER

T

ANK

The water tanks are filled through a fill plate located on the port deck walkway. Fill the tanks only from a source known to provide safe, pure drinking water.

To fill your water tanks you should use a plastic hose. Do not use a rubber hose; it can give the water a disagreeable flavor. The hose should be kept for filling use only. After using the hose it should be emptied. Start at one end and raise the hose to shoulder level and walk to the opposite end of the hose, allowing the remaining water to flow out. You should store your water tank filling hose in a clean dry place. It is also a good practice to cover the ends of the hose to keep the inside clean.

2. Complete filling of tank with fresh water. Open each faucet until air has been released and the entire system is filled.

3. Allow to stand for three (3) hours.

4. Drain and flush with potable fresh water.

5. To remove excessive chlorine taste or odor which might remain, prepare a solution of four

(4) quarts of vinegar to twenty (20) gallons of water and allow this solution to agitate in the tank for several days by vehicle motion.

6. Drain tank and again flush with potable water.

7. Replace water filter.

T

O

B

EGIN

I

NITIAL

O

PERATION

:

1. Fill the water tank with potable water.

2. Switch the water pump breakers to the ON position.

3. One at a time, open all hot and cold faucets to bleed air from the water lines.

4. Once air has been eliminated from water lines, close faucets.

5. Shutting off the last faucet should cause the pump to shut off.

B. W

ATER

P

UMPS

& F

ILTER

The pump for the fresh water system can be accessed trough the galley mid floor hatch. The pump is activated by the FRESH WATER PUMP breaker on the salon Main DC Distribution Panel.

F

RESH

W

ATER

P

UMP

(F

IG

. 7.4.1) FWD

S

ANITIZING THE

W

ATER

S

YSTEM

Although your dealer initially sanitizes the water system, if the system has not been used for a long period of time, or you suspect it may be contaminated, use a water treatment additive to sanitize the potable water system. Water treatment additives are available at marine/RV supply stores.

If water treatment additives are not available, adhere to the following procedure for complete sanitation of your potable water system.

1. Prepare a chlorine solution using one (1) gallon of water and one (1) cup Clorox or Purex household bleach (5% Hypochlorite solution).

With tank empty, pour chlorine solution into tank, using one (1) gallon solution for each sixty

(60) gallons of tank capacity.

7.4

D A

B

C

A

B

C

D

FRESH WATER PUMP

IN-LINE FILTER

GALLEY HOT & COLD

WATER MANIFOLD

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

A filter is situated on the input side of the pump to filter any particles that may have accumulated in the water tank. The filter should be checked and cleaned periodically.

Before servicing the system, turn the FRESH

WATER PUMP breakers OFF and release pressure on the system by opening a faucet.

C. W

ATER

D

ISTRIBUTION

M

ANIFOLD

The water distribution manifold directs fresh water from the water tank and the water heater to the various equipment throughout the yacht.The

manifold can be accessed by lifting the floor hatch in the galley.

If away from the boat for an extended period of time it is suggested that you relieve the hose pressure of the fresh water system by turning OFF the

FRESH WATER PUMP breaker on the DC main distribution panel and then opening a faucet on the boat.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

D. W

ATER

H

EATER

Make certain the hot water lines are air f r e e , i n d i c a t i n g t h e w a t e r h e a t e r i s f u l l .

Damage will occur to water heater if it is not full when turned on.

The 11 gallon (41.6 liters) water heater is located in the starboard bilge. The water heater is powered by a breaker on the 120VAC main distribution panel located in the salon.

The water heater has a check valve to prevent hot water from back-washing into the cold water source and a pressure relief valve to avoid damage to the heater from over pressure or excessive temperature.

W

ATER

H

EATER

(F

IG

. 7.5.2)

!

WARNING

A

B

C

FWD

W

ATER

M

ANIFOLD

(F

IG

. 7.5.1)

A

B

C

G

H

I

J

K

L

D

E

F

M

N

K

L

M

N

H

I

J

F

G

C

D

E

A

B

GUEST SINK/SHOWER

MASTER SINK/SHOWER

GALLEY

WASHER (OPTIONAL)

FROM WATER HEATER

ROPE LOCKER WASHDOWN

GUEST HEAD TOILET

MASTER HEAD TOILET

GUEST SINK/SHOWER

MASTER SINK/SHOWER

GALLEY

WASHER (OPTIONAL)

FROM CITY WATER

WATER FEED

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

E D

A

B

C

D

E

WATER HEATER

BILGE WASHDOWN

TO WATER MANIFOLD

OVERBOARD DISCHARGE

TO TRANSOM SHOWER

7.5

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

I

NITIAL

S

TART

-U

P

O

R

A

FTER

W

INTERIZATION

:

1. Make sure the WATER HEATER breaker on the 120VAC distribution panel is OFF.

2. Fill the heater with water.

3. Open the hot water faucets until all air is eliminated from the system.

4. Make certain the heater is full of water.

COMPLETE FAILURE OF THE HEATING

ELEMENTS WILL RESULT IF THEY ARE

NOT COMPLETELY IMMERSED IN WATER

AT ALL TIMES.

5. Turn the WATER HEATER breaker ON.

To maintain water heater properly, drain whenever the possibility of freezing occurs and frequently inspect lines and connections for leaks.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

T

O

U

SE THE

S

YSTEM

:

1. Make sure the “FRESH WATER PUMP” breakers are OFF.

2. Remove the plug from the face of the dockside water inlet.

3. Connect a drinking water hose to the water outlet on the dock, then to the dockside water inlet on the boat and turn on the water at the dock.

All fresh water faucets and showers are now usable.

To disconnect the system, reverse the procedure, making sure the plug is reinstalled tightly.

!

WARNING

• DO NOT leave boat unattended with the dockside water hose connected.

• Dockside water should be connected during periods of heavy water usage only.

E. D

OCKSIDE

W

ATER

I

NLET

The dockside water inlet, located in the transom storage, port side, allows use of a dockside water source to provide water for the boat’s fresh water system .

D

OCKSIDE

I

NLET

(F

IG

. 7.6.1)

F. C

OCKPIT

S

HOWER

The cockpit shower has a hot and cold control and shower wand which are located in a receptacle on the port aft cockpit. Squeeze the button on the shower wand to dispense water and turn the knob to adjust water temperature. The FRESH WATER

PUMP breakers on the main distribution panel must be ON to operate the shower.

C

OCKPIT

S

HOWER

(F

IG

. 7.6.2)

TRANSOM

STORAGE

7.6

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

G. F

RESH

W

ATER

W

ASHDOWN

The 44 DB is equipped with three (3) fresh water spigots; one in the bilge located beside the water heater on the starboard inboard stringer; one in the bow locker and one in the transom storage locker. The washdowns come with a 12-foot hose and a strap for storage when not in use.

The system uses water from the fresh water tank. The FRESH WATER PUMP breakers on the salon 12VDC distribution panel must be ON to operate the system.

W

ASHDOWN

S

PIGOT

(F

IG

. 7.7.1)

The sump pump is fully automatic and protected by breakers on the main DC breaker panel on the forward component board in the bilge. Periodically remove the clear cover, check and clean the pump and float switch. Check the pump and float switch for obstructions and proper working order. The sump pump comes on when there is enough water in the sump to raise the float switch and start the

G

RAY

W

ATER

S

UMP

(F

IG

. 7.7.2)

A

B

E

C

D

A

FWD

B G

F

C

H

D

A

B

C

D

WASHDOWN SPIGOT

BILGE STARBOARD INBOARD STRINGER

TRANSOM STORAGE LOCKER

PORT BOW STORAGE LOCKER

I

C

D

A

B

E

J

SUMP

FLOAT SWITCH

OVERBOARD DISCHARGE LINE

COMMON DRAIN

PUMP

F

G

H

I

J

GUEST SHOWER DRAIN

GUEST VANITY DRAIN

MASTER SHOWER DRAIN

MASTER VANITY DRAIN

OVERBOARD DISCHARGE

5. G

RAY

W

ATER

S

YSTEM

Your yacht is equipped with a gray water/sump located between the port and starboard inboard stringers and can be accessed through a floor hatch in the forward companionway. Gray water from the head systems, galley and air conditioner condensation drain into the sump through a common drain.

pump. If it does not come on after one or two gallons of water drain from the shower, turn the water off and check the pump and float switch for proper operation.

After using the shower, it is recommended that you run a gallon of clean water through the shower drain to clean out soap residue.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 7.7

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

A. G

RAY

W

ATER

H

OLDING

T

ANK

(O

PTIONAL

)

If equipped, the 40 gallon gray water holding tank is located in the utility room under the galley steps.

The tank holds grey water pumped from the grey water sump. Water from the galley sink is drained directly into the holding tank. There is a fluid level indicator located in the forward head which indicates when the tank should be emptied. Use the services of a dockside pump station to empty the holding tank through the pumpout deck plate located on the starboard cockpit gunnel.

G

RAY

W

ATER

H

OLDING

T

ANK

(O

PTIONAL

)

(F

IG

. 7.8.1)

E

A

G

RAY

W

ATER

S

UMP

(O

PTIONAL

)

(F

IG

. 7.8.3)

D

C

B

A

D

C

E

F

G

A

B

C

D

MASTER SHOWER DRAIN

A/C CONDENSATION DRAIN

GUEST SHOWER DRAIN

GUEST VANITY DRAIN

E

F

G

SUMP (OPTIONAL)

TO GRAY WATER HOLDING TANK

MASTER VANITY DRAIN

B

A

B

C

40 GAL. HOLDING TANK

FROM SHOWER SUMP

TO DECK PLATE PUMPOUT

D

E

FROM GALLEY SINK DRAIN

TO GRAY WATER VENT

G

RAY

W

ATER

L

EVEL

I

NDICATOR

(O

PTIONAL

)

(F

IG

. 7.8.2)

6. H

EAD

S

YSTEM

The standard head system on your Sea Ray ® includes a 42 gallon (159 liters) holding tank with dockside pump-out and fluid level indicators. A macerator and overboard discharge seacock is available as an option. Following is a description of the head system and options. You should be aware of whether your boat is equipped with the optional overboard discharge system and read the section pertaining to it. The owner’s packet in your boat contains information pertaining to your head system that should be read carefully.

7.8

!

CAUTION

Do not flush facial tissue, paper towels or sanitary napkins in head.

A. R

EQUIREMENTS FOR

V

ESSEL

O

PERATORS

The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) standards state that in freshwater lakes, freshwater reservoirs or other freshwater impoundments whose inlets or outlets are such as to prevent the ingress

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS or egress by vessel traffic subject to this regulation, or in rivers not capable of navigation by interstate vessel traffic subject to this regulation, marine sanitation devices certified by the U.S. Coast Guard installed on all vessels shall be designed and operated to prevent the overboard discharge of sewage, treated or untreated, or of any waste derived from sewage. The EPA standards further state that this shall not be construed to prohibit the carriage of Coast Guard-certified flow through treatment devices which have been secured so as to prevent such discharges. They also state that waters where a Coast Guard certified marine sanitation device permitting discharge is allowed include coastal waters and estuaries, the Great

Lakes and interconnecting waterways, freshwater lakes and impoundments accessible through locks, and other flowing waters that are navigable interstate by vessels subject to this regulation (40 CFR

140.3).

W

ASTE

L

EVEL

I

NDICATOR AND

D

ISCHARGE

C

ONTROL

(F

IG

. 7.9.1)

I

NDIVIDUAL

H

EAD

- W

ASTE

L

EVEL

I

NDICATOR

(F

IG

. 7.9.2)

B. V

ACU

-F

LUSH

® H

EAD

The Vacu-Flush ® head utilizes the HEAD breakers on the DC distribution panel in the salon. Individual breakers on the DC distribution panel control the

GUEST HEAD and MASTER HEAD. The foot pedal at the base of the toilet opens a mechanical seal and vacuum forces waste through the opening in the bowl to the vacuum generator, through the vacuum pump and then to the holding tank.

individual heads have automatic shut-offs which prevent flushing when the holding tank is full.

It would be a good practice to empty the holding tank when the 1/2 light is lit to avoid the automatic shut-off from activating.

T

O

O

PERATE

V

ACU

-F

LUSH

® H

EAD

:

1. Turn ON the FRESH WATER PUMP breaker.

2. Turn ON the HEAD SYSTEM breaker.

3. If there is no water in bowl, lift foot pedal until enough water fills the bowl.

4. To flush, depress foot pedal to floor until bowl is clear.

C. H

OLDING

T

ANK

O

PERATION

Holding tank waste level indicators are located on the DC distribution panel in the salon and in each head. The panel indicator shows FULL-DO

NOT FLUSH, 1/2 and EMPTY the indicators in the individual heads have a red (DO NOT FLUSH) and green (OK TO FLUSH) LED light. The

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

D

OCKSIDE

P

UMP

-

OUT

To empty the holding tank, the services of a dockside pump out station will be needed. Follow instructions at the station and make sure pump out station hose is inserted into the deck plate marked

WASTE, located on the starboard side of the transom. If equipped, the holding tank can also be emptied by the optional macerator. See

MACERATOR DISCHARGE PUMP in this section.

D. V

ENT

F

ILTER

The vent filter is designed to control odors associated with the head system operations. The vent filter is located on the engine room forward bulkhead. The filter must be changed at the

7.9

H

EAD

S

YSTEM

(F

IG

. 7.10.1)

I

H

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

J

K

A

G

B

C

F

D

E

A

B

C

D

E

F

HOLDING TANK

GUEST HEAD TOILET

FOOT PEDAL

MASTER HEAD TOILET

MASTER HEAD VACU®FLUSH

OVERBOARD WASTE DISCHARGE SEACOCK (OPTIONAL)

G

H

I

J

K

MACERATOR (OPTIONAL)

GUEST HEAD VACU®FLUSH

DOCKSIDE PUMPOUT

VENT FILTER THRU-HULL VENT

VENT FILTER

C beginning of each boating season to be effective.

The vent filter is installed in-line on the holding tank ventilation hose.

NOTE: Do not overfill the holding tank as this will flood the vent filter and render it useless. Filter replacement will then be required. See Parts Manual for correct replacement filter.

7.10

7. M

ACERATOR

D

ISCHARGE

P

UMP

W

ITH

S

EACOCK

I

NTERLOCK

S

YSTEM

(O

PTIONAL

)

If equipped, the optional macerator (Figure 7.10.1) gives the boat operator the means of discharging the holding tank contents directly overboard through a seacock in the bottom of the hull. This is available in conjunction with the dockside pump out.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

NOTICE

This boat may be equipped with an optional overboard discharge valve.

Discharging of sewage directly overboard is for use where approved only.

H

OLDING

T

ANK

(F

IG

. 7.11.1)

C

NOTICE

There is the possibility of being fined for having an operable overboard discharge in U.S. waters.

Removing handle of seacock while in closed position, or other means must be utilized to avoid fine.

B

A

A

B

C

MACERATOR (OPTIONAL)

WASTE DISCHARGE SEACOCK (OPTIONAL)

HOLDING TANK Since direct overboard discharge is prohibited in many areas, the macerator seacock is normally closed. The macerator seacock is equipped with a system interlock switch which prevents the operation of the macerator when the macerator seacock is closed. The light on the DISCHARGE

PUMP switch on the DC Distribution Panel will be lighted when the macerator is operational. If the light is not lighted, it is visual confirmation the macerator seacock is closed and that the macerator cannot be operated. Check that the macerator seacock handle is in the open position and the light on the switch is lighted before operating the macerator.

M

AINTENANCE

Prior to each use and at regularly scheduled intervals, cycle the macerator seacock handle open and shut to ensure proper operation of the seacock

T

O

O

PERATE THE

M

ACERATOR

:

1. Turn ON the DISCHARGE PUMP breaker on the salon DC distribution panel and open the waste discharge seacock located on the bilge floor (See Fig. 7.9.1 for seacock location).

2. Operate DISCHARGE switch at the WASTE

SYSTEM CONTROL area on the main distribution panel.

3. When tank is empty, turn the switch to OFF and close waste discharge seacock.

NOTE: Turn OFF discharge pump to prevent accidental discharge.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 7.11

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

8. C

OMMUNICATION

S

YSTEM

The 44 DB is equipped with a land-line telephone connection in the master stateroom and the salon.

These phones can be operated when dockside and hooked up to the dockside telephone hookup.

A. D

OCKSIDE

T

ELEPHONE

H

OOKUP

The dockside telephone hookup is located on the port side inside the transom storage locker. A fifty foot shore cord with waterproof connectors is supplied.

D

OCKSIDE

T

ELEPHONE AND

TV H

OOKUP

(F

IG

. 7.12.1)

A

9. E

NTERTAINMENT

C

ENTERS

A. S

ALON

E

NTERTAINMENT

C

ENTER

The salon entertainment center consists of a 20"

LCD flat screen television and remote located in the upper cabinet in the starbord aft salon. A stereo system with 6-disc CD changer and stereo selector switch for bridge/cockpit and salon entertainment is located below the LCD unit and a DVD/CD unit located below the stereo system. The CABIN MAIN and CABIN STEREO MEMORY breakers on the

Main DC Breaker Panel must be ON to operate the systems.

B. M

ASTER

S

TATEROOM

E

NTERTAINMENT

The master stateroom entertainment center consists of a 13” television/DVD combination unit with remote control.

C

B

A

B

C

DOCKSIDE TELEPHONE HOOKUP

DOCKSIDE TV HOOKUP

TRANSOM STORAGE LOCKER

C. C

OCKPIT

/B

RIDGE

E

NTERTAINMENT

The cockpit entertainment consists of a set of speakers connected to the salon stereo system.

The system is activated by the COCKPIT/BRIDGE

STEREO switch located next to the stereo unit in the salon and controlled by the remote stereo control at the control station (Figure 2.7.2).

D. D

OCKSIDE

T

ELEVISION

H

OOKUP

For television reception dockside, attach the dockside television cable to the inlet located in the starboard transom (See figure 7.11.1).

T

O CONNECT TELEPHONE SYSTEM

:

1. lift cover plate.

2. Connect shore cord to dock telephone inlet and then to the boat inlet.

3. Telephone system is now operational.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

T

O

C

ONNECT

C

ABLE

T

ELEVISION

:

1. Lift cover plate.

2. Screw the TV coax cable into the TV cable connector.

3. Run the cable to the dockside receptacle and screw coax cable into receptacle.

7.12

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

E. TV S

IGNAL

S

ELECTOR

The antenna/cable selector switch is located next to the salon stereo unit in the aft starboard cabinet of the salon. Turn the selector to MAX GAIN for onboard TV antenna reception. Turn the selector to

SHORE for dockside cable reception.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

A

UTOMATIC

F

IRE

E

XTINGUISHER

(F

IG

. 7.13.2)

C

A

B

10. A

UTOMATIC

F

IRE

E

XTINGUISHER

The 44 DB is equipped with an automatic fire

TV S

IGNAL

S

ELECTOR

(F

IG

. 7.13.1)

A

B

C

AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHER

STARBOARD ENGINE EXHAUST

STARBOARD INBOARD STRINGER extinguisher system located on the starboard aft support pole of the engine room. In the event of a fire, the heat sensitive automatic head will release the extinguishant as a vapor, totally flooding the area in fire-killing concentrations.

WHEN ACTUATION OCCURS, IMMEDIATELY

SHUT DOWN ALL ENGINES, POWERED

VENTILATION, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND

EXTINGUISH ALL SMOKING MATERIALS. DO

NOT IMMEDIATELY OPEN THE ENGINE

COMPARTMENT!! THIS FEEDS OXYGEN TO

THE FIRE AND FLASHBACK COULD OCCUR.

Allow the extinguishant to “soak” the compartment for at least fifteen (15) minutes and for hot metals or fuels to cool before cautiously inspecting for cause of damage. Have portable extinguishers at hand and ready. Do not breathe fumes or vapors caused by the fire.

A. F

IRE

E

XTINGUISHER

I

NDICATOR

The system indicator and switch module (ENGINE

SHUTDOWN AND OVERRIDE SYSTEM) located at the control station is wired to the ignition and turned ON when ignition is turned ON. The CHARGE and DISCHARGE indicator lights, indicate to the helmsman when the unit has discharged. Under normal circumstances, when the ignition is ON the

CHARGE indicator light is ON. If the unit discharges, the CHARGE light will go OFF and the DISCHARGE light will turn ON. The system incorporates an engine shutdown switch with override system. When the system discharges it will shut down the engines.

After the engine room has been inspected and it has been determined safe and you are ready to restart the engines, activate the OVERRIDE switch on the ENGINE SHUTDOWN OVERRIDE

SYSTEM, then restart the engines.

B. M

ANUAL

F

IRE

E

XTINGUISING

S

YSTEM

Located at the control station, the manual fire extinguisher system allows the operator to manually activate the automatic extinguisher in the engine room. Early detection and use of the manual override system will reduce fire damage by

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 7.13

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

D

IESEL

A

UTOMATIC

F

IRE

E

XTINGUISHER

I

NDICATOR

(F

IG

. 7.14.1)

M

ANUAL

F

IRE

E

XTINGUISHING

S

YSTEM

(F

IG

. 7.14.2) eliminating the time necessary for heat in the engine room to rise to a temperature necessary to activate the automatic fire extinguisher.

T

O

O

PERATE

:

1. Pull pin securing the handle.

2. Pull red FIRE handle quickly and briskly.

C. S

AFETY

P

IN

The safety pin, located at the neck of the extinguisher bottle in the engine room is for shipping and transfer of the bottle only. The pin MUST be removed in order to manually operate the system.

This pin should be removed upon installation of the system. Ensure that this has been done. The manual system will not function unless the safety pin has been removed from the fire extinguisher bottle.

7.14

!

WARNING

THE SAFETY PIN MUST BE REMOVED AFTER

CABLE S-HOOK & ATTACHMENT PIN ARE

INSTALLED. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL RESULT

IN INABILITY TO MANUALLY OPERATE SYSTEM.

E

NGINE

R

OOM

F

IRE

E

XTINGUISHER

(F

IG

. 7.14.3)

REMOVE

SAFETY PIN

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

D. H

AND

H

ELD

E

XTINGUISHERS

The American Boat and Yacht Council (ABYC) recommends that you have three (3) Type B-I ABC fire extinguishers on board, one each located at the helm station and outside the engine compartment and in the galley.

120VAC main distribution panel.

For dockside operation, connect the shore power system, turn the MAIN breaker(s) ON. Then turn the REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER breaker on the

AC main distribution panel and the switch on the bottom of the unit ON.

11. B

OW

T

HRUSTER

(O

PTIONAL

)

The bow thruster is electrically driven and gives the operator more maneuverability of the bow. If equipped the bow thruster motor is located under the forward hatch in the master stateroom.

The bow thruster is energized by the 24V BOW

THRUSTER switch on the control station switch panel. The bow thruster joy stick with station enabled indicator light and power switch located at the control station controls the direction of thrust.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

12. R

EFRIGERATOR

/F

REEZER

The galley refrigerator/freezer is supplied power by the REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER breaker on the

B

OW

T

HRUSTER

(F

IG

. 7.15.1)

A. C

OCKPIT

I

CE

M

AKER

The cockpit ice maker is located cockpit steps to the bridge. The PORT SYSTEMS breaker on the

120VAC main distribution panel powers the unit.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION

13. C

OFFEE

M

AKER

The drip coffee maker located in a cabinet above the sink in the galley operates on the 120 volt system. It is powered by the GALLEY SYSTEMS breaker on the 120VAC main distribution panel which must be ON to operate the coffee maker.

To keep the coffee maker operating efficiently, the mineral deposits left by water must be flushed out using the cleaning method described in the instruction booklet.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

WATER LINE

BOW THRUSTER

B

OW

T

HRUSTER

C

ONTROL

(F

IG

. 7.15.2)

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

14. S

TOVE

& M

ICROWAVE

!

WARNING

Turn off coffee maker before closing cabinet doors. Failure to do so may result in damage to the coffee maker or cabinet.

A. E

LECTRIC

S

TOVE

The STOVE breaker on the 120VAC main distribution panel located in the aft port of the salon

7.15

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS supplies power to the stove and must be ON to operate the stove.

The stove has two (2) burners with control knobs to provide a variation of heat.

A stove cover is provided to cover the burners when not in use. A power safety switch is installed on the cover recess. When the stove cover is installed it depresses the switch turning power OFF to the stove control knobs. When using the stove, the stove cover can be stored in the rack on the forward wall of the cabinet directly below the stove.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

B. M

ICROWAVE

/C

ONVECTION

O

VEN

The microwave/convection oven is located above the refrigerator/freezer in the galley. The 120VAC

MICROWAVE breaker on the AC Main Distribution panel supplies power to the microwave and must be ON to operate the unit.

NOTE: Turn on the galley power ventilation system when operating the convection oven.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

15. P

OWER

V

ENTILATION

S

YSTEM

The power ventilation system removes stagnant & foul air from the master stateroom head, galley and guest head by means of exhaust fans. They are powered by the POWER VENTS breaker on the

DC main distribution panel in the salon and individually turned on and off by the power vent switch in the heads and the galley.

16. C

ENTRAL

V

ACUUM

(O

PTIONAL

)

The central vacuum unit is located under the port bunk in the guest stateroom. The CABIN MAIN breaker must be ON to operate the system.

The supplied 24 foot hose connects to the central vacuum through the hose inlet which is located under the guest stateroom hanging closet.

The built in switch on the hose inlet fittings activate the vacuum when the hose is inserted. The disposable bag is located under the removable panel on the top of the vacuum unit.

C

ENTRAL

V

ACUUM

S

YSTEM

(O

PTIONAL

)

(F

IG

. 7.16.1)

A

A

B

CENTRAL VACUUM CLEANER

VACUUM HOSE INLET

B

17. H

ORN

The horn, located in the starboard bow chain locker is protected by a breaker on the control station breaker panel which can be accessed through the door underneath the helm. The compressor for the horn can be accessed through the hatch located under the master stateroom bunk.

To activate the horn, depress the HORN switch on the control station switch panel.

7.16

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

18. S

ALON

S

OFA

/B

ED

(O

PTIONAL

)

If equipped, the optional port salon sofa can be converted into bedding to accomodate additional overnight guests. Remove the cushions and pull the bed out toward the starboard salon until fully extended.

S

ALON

D

INETTE

A

REA

(F

IG

. 7.17.2)

19. P

ORT

S

TATEROOM

B

UNKS

The single bunks in the guest stateroom can be converted to full size bedding by placing the supports located under the port bunk between the bunks. Remove the back cusion from the port bunk and place on the supports.

P

ORT

S

TATEROOM

B

UNK

(F

IG

. 7.17.1) locking handle

TO CONVERT BUNKS TO

FULL SIZE BED PLACE

SUPPORTS HERE.

VACUUM HOSE INLET

21. W

ASHER

/D

RYER

(O

PTIONAL

)

If equipped, the washer/dryer combination unit is located under the galley steps.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

20. S

ALON

D

INETTE

T

ABLE

The salon dinette table swivels and folds to accomodate entrance and egress to/from the dinette area.

To swivel the table, pull the locking handle out and rotate the table to the desired position.

22. C

ANVAS

It is recommended that you read Section 1• Safety , pages 1.2 thru 1.4 and understand the effects of exhaust emissions.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 7.17

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

A. C

ARE

& M

AINTENANCE

Care and maintenance instructions have been provided by the canvas manufacturer for the canvas used on your Sea Ray ® . The information can be found in the Owner's Manual Packet.

By following the provided instructions, your canvas set will give you protection from the elements and comfort that you expect. Most of all, the instructions provide you with installation and removal procedures that will simplify the task.

Components of your canvas set consist of zipper tracks and snaps. These components can be found in the parts manual located in the Owner’s Manual

Packet.

B. S

TORAGE

:

• Do not fold or store any of the canvas set pieces while wet. All canvas should be rolled or folded when dry and stored in a clean, dry place.

• For clear vinyl pieces, rolling or laying down flat are the recommended methods for storage. The clear vinyl should never be folded or creased as cracking will result. To protect the clear vinyl from rubbing against itself while rolled or stored flat, place a piece of very soft, nonabrasive cloth between the pieces, or rolled up in it. If the surface of your clear vinyl becomes scratched, the canvas manufacturer has provided a canvas care sheet in your Owner’s Manual

Packet.

C. I

NSTALLATION

T

IPS

:

• The zippers attached on the hardtop and cockpit overhead are mounted on a zipper track. Once installed, do not remove these zippers or zipper tracks.

• When attaching any of the pieces of the canvas set, attach the top edges first and zip the zippers only partially. This helps to hold the piece in place and relieves tension, helping the other sides to zip or snap easier. After all of the sides of the piece are secure, finish zipping the top of each piece. This will ensure a tight fit.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

7.18

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

23. F

LOOR

P

LAN

C

ABIN

L

AYOUT

(F

IG

. 7.19.1)

V

U

W

X

Y

T

S

R

Q

P

O

12

12

12

12

12

12

A

B

M

N

J

L

K

C

D

F

G

H

I

E

Z

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

MASTER STATEROOM BUNK

ACCESS HATCH FOR MASTER STATEROOM AC

(UNDER MATTRESS)

MASTER STATEROOM HANGING LOCKER

MASTER STATEROOM HEAD

MASTER STATEROOM VANITY

MASTER STATEROOM SHOWER

MICROWAVE

REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER (UNDER MICROWAVE)

2-BURNER STOVE

GALLEY SINK

COFFEE MAKER

GALLEY CABINET

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S

T

U

V

STARBOARD SALON SOFA

SALON ENTERTAINMENT UNITS

MDP PANELS

SALON TABLE WITH STOOLS (OPTIONAL)

PORT SALON SOFA/PULL OUT BED

WASHER/DRYER (OPTIONAL)

DINETTE TABLE

DINETTE SEATING

GALLEY STEPS (LIFT FOR UTILITY ROOM

ACCESS)

GUEST SHOWER

W

X

Y

Z

GUEST VANITY

GUEST HEAD

MASTER STATEROOM ENTERTAINMENT UNIT

GUEST STATEROOM HANGING CLOSET

AA GUEST STATEROOM BUNKS (CONVERTIBLE TO

KING SIZE BED)

GUEST STATEROOM

(LOWER LEVEL, BELOW DINETTE AREA)

AA

CO

FF

EE

M

AK

ER

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 7.19

S

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

O

PTIONS

F

LOOR

P

LAN

G

ENERAL

D

ECK

L

AYOUT

(F

IG

. 7.20.1)

A

B

DD

Z

Y

X

AA

CC

BB

C

D

E

F

H

G

K

J

L

M

I

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

ANCHOR/ANCHOR CHUTE

WINDLASS

STARBOARD BOW STORAGE LOCKER WITH

WINDLASS HANDLE

DECK HATCH

STARBOARD NAV LIGHT

WINDSHIELD

BRIDGE WINDSHIELD

CONTROL STATION

CAPTAIN’S CHAIR WITH THIGH RISE

GRAY WATER HOLDING TANK PUMPOUT

(OPTIONAL)

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S

STORAGE CABINET WITH TABLE TOP

REMOVABLE TABLE TOP

BRIDGE AFT SEATING

AFT COCKPIT SEATING

STARBOARD FUEL FILL

TRANSOM HATCH

SWIM LADDER

TRANSOM DOOR

SWIM PLATFORM

T

U

V

W

X

Y

DOCKSIDE WASTE PUMP-OUT

PORT FUEL FILL

TRANSOM SHOWER

FUEL CROSSOVER BOARD WITH

GENERATOR GAUGES

BRIDGE STEPS

BRIDGE COMPANION SEAT

Z

AA

FRESH WATER FILL

PORT NAV LIGHT

BB PORT BOW STORAGE LOCKER

CC WINDLASS FOOT SWITCHES

DD SPOTLIGHT

N

V

W

123456

123456

U

T

S

Q

P

O

R

7.20

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

Routine inspection, service and maintenance of your boat’s systems are vital to assure your safety, as well as for prolonging the life of your boat. You should develop regular routines for inspecting your boat.

The chart below summarizes inspection, service and maintenance activities. This section also contains descriptions of some convenient methods for evaluating the condition of some of your boat’s systems.

The interval between necessary service or maintenance is highly variable, depending on the environment your boat is in, and on the severity of operating conditions. For example, corrosion of parts on boats operated in salt water proceeds much faster than the corrosion of parts on a boat operated in fresh water. The intervals listed below are recommended maximums, and you must reduce the time between inspections if your observations indicate the need.

1. S

UMMARY

G

UIDE

F

OR

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

ITEM REQUIRED

MAINTENANCE/SERVICE

REFERENCE

SOURCE

BEFORE

EVERY

USE

AFTER

FIRST

20 HOURS

INTERVAL

EVERY EVERY

25* OR 50 50* OR 100

HOURS HOURS

EVERY 6

MOS. OR

ANNUALLY

Battery

Bilge Area

Bilge Blowers

Bilge Pump

Canvas

Check water level

Clean and check

Owner’s Manual p. 6.1

Owner’s Manual p. 9.2

Hose connections tight Owner’s Manual p. 4.2

Float switch operates freely Owner’s Manual p. 4.1

Clean Owner’s Manual p. 9.3

Controls

Steering

Throttle

Check for proper operation

Power steering oil level

Lubricate. Include all shift linkage and pivot points

Electrical

Connections Check for looseness

GFCI (120V) Outlet Check for operation

Engine

Alarm

Cooling System

Connections

Crankcase

ventilating system

Drive belts

Exhaust System

Flame Arrestor

Fuel Filter

Mounts (Fasteners)

Oil and Filter

Oil Level

Check

Check for leaks with engine running

Clean

Check

Check for leaks

Clean

Replace

Tighten

Replace

Check

Fuel System

Connections & Lines Check for leaks

Tanks

Water Separating

Fuel Filter

Check for leaks

Replace

To be done by Sea Ray dealer every six months

Engine Manual

Engine Manual

•

•

•

• •

•

As Needed

•

To be done by Sea Ray dealer annually

Owner’s Manual p. 6.20

Engine Manual

Engine Manual

Engine Manual

Engine Manual

Engine Manual

Engine Manual

Engine Manual

Engine Manual

Engine Manual

Engine Manual

Engine Manual

Owner’s Manual, Section 5

Engine Manual

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

*Use in salt water or other severe operating conditions requires shorter maintenance/service intervals

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 sedan bridge ) 8.1

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

S

UMMARY

G

UIDE

F

OR

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

ITEM REQUIRED

MAINTENANCE/SERVICE

REFERENCE

SOURCE

BEFORE

EVERY

USE

AFTER

FIRST

20 HOURS

INTERVAL

EVERY EVERY

25* OR 50 50* OR 100

HOURS HOURS

EVERY 6

MOS. OR

ANNUALLY

Propeller

Seaworthiness

Bilge drain plug

Hull damage

Topside & Supplies

Inspect for damage

Installed and tight

Check for loose, damaged or missing parts

Check for loose, damaged or missing parts

Owner’s Manual p. 8.5

•

Always after striking object

Always after striking object

Transmission

Oil Strainer Screen

Trim Tabs

Fluid

Zincs

Transom

Clean

Check and add as needed Trim Tab Manual

To be done by Sea Ray dealer annually

•

Trim Tabs

Check and replace as needed

Check fluid level

Owner’s Manual p. 6.16 Every 25 hours of operation

Trim Tab Manual Every 25 hours of operation

*Use in salt water or other severe operating conditions requires shorter maintenance/service intervals

•

8.2

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 sedan bridge )

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

2. U

SEFUL

S

ERVICE

I

NFORMATION

OWNER

HOME PORT

BOAT NAME

REGISTRATION NUMBER

HULL SERIAL NUMBER

WARRANTY REGISTRATION DATE

ENGINE MAKE & MODEL

SERIAL NUMBER PORT

GEAR MAKE & REDUCTION RATIO

SERIAL NUMBER PORT

PROPELLER SIZE PORT

PART NUMBER PORT

SHAFT SIZE (DIAMETER X LENGTH)

FUEL CAPACITY PORT TANK

WATER CAPACITY

KEY NUMBER, IGNITION

SELLING DEALER

CITY & STATE

LENGTH

VERTICAL CLEARANCE

ESTIMATED WEIGHT

GENERATOR SERIAL #

BEAM

STATE

STARBOARD

MODEL #

STARBOARD

STARBOARD

STARBOARD

MATERIAL

STARBOARD

DOOR

DRAFT

KILOWATTS

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 sedan bridge ) 8.3

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

3. I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

P

ROTOCOL

A. B

ILGE

A

REA

Many of your boat’s systems have critical features located in the bilge area. A thorough and organized inspection of the bilge area will address many of these critical features. For example, engine oil leaks and fuel system leaks will show themselves as contamination on the surface of the liquid that remains in the bilge. When you see such contamination, you should look for its source.

Once or twice a year, pump the bilge areas dry and remove all loose dirt. Be sure that all the limber holes are open. Limber holes are the openings in the stringers that allow water to flow from the outboard areas of the bilge to the bilge sump.

Check the bilge pump float switch by moving it manually. (Figures 4.1.1 thru 4.1.3) The bilge pump should start when the float switch is raised and should stop when lowered. If it does not, first try reseting the bilge pump breakers, if the pump will still not run replace the float switch before using your boat. The float switch should also move freely without sticking, if it does not, have it serviced or replaced before boating.

!

WARNING

DO NOT USE FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS to clean any part of the bilge.

Fumes can accumulate and can be the source of an explosion.

2. E

NGINE

Engine failure or malfunction, when away from shore, can be dangerous. Make certain you do the following each time you use the boat:

• Wipe off the engine to remove accumulated dust, grease and oil.

• Check all exposed nuts, bolts and screws for tightness.

• Inspect the belts for wear. If they do not require replacement, check and adjust the belt tension according to the engine manufacturer’s recommendation.

• Inspect engine wiring, and clean and tighten the terminals on the engine electrical system.

• Clean and lubricate the battery cables.

• Add distilled water to the battery cells as needed.

• Refer to your Engine Operator’s Manual for additional engine maintenance requirements.

3. F

UEL

S

YSTEM

• Inspect the entire fuel system for evidence of leakage, including the fuel tank fill lines and vents. Any stain around a joint could be an indication of a leak.

• Test all fittings with a wrench to be sure they are not loose, but do not forcefully overtighten the fittings.

• Clean fuel filters and vent screens.

1. O

IL

If there is oil contamination, look for leaks in engine oil lines and engine gaskets. If parts of the bilge have been stained by oil, the stain can be removed using a bilge cleaner available from your dealer or a marine store.

!

WARNING

Work on electrical wiring can create shock hazards or sparks.

Always shut off battery switch, breakers and/or pull fuses before checking electrical wiring or connectors.

8.4

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 sedan bridge )

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

4. W

IRING

S

YSTEM

• Check all wiring for proper support.

• Check all wiring insulation for signs of fraying or chafing.

• Check all terminals for corrosion - corroded terminals and connectors should be replaced or thoroughly cleaned.

• Tighten all terminals securely and spray them with light marine preservative oil.

5. F

ITTINGS

, H

OSES AND

C

LAMPS

• Inspect the entire bilge area for evidence of damage or deterioration. Evidence of deterioration will first appear around hull fittings, hoses and clamps.

• Straighten kinked hoses.

• Replace any hose that does not feel pliable.

• Check all hose clamps for tightness and corrosion. Corroded clamps must be replaced.

• Check the nuts, bolts and screws that retain equipment, hoses, etc. in the bilge for tightness and corrosion. Corroded fasteners must be replaced.

• Check your first aid kit, making certain it is complete and that the items in it have not passed an expiration date.

• Check the signaling equipment and emergency flares. Make sure all items are within their expiration dates.

• Inspect the anchor, mooring and towing lines.

Repair or replace as required.

• Check fire extinguishers for full charge.

4. W

INTERIZATION

C

HECKLIST FOR

B

OATS

S

TORED ON

L

AND

A. B

OAT

S

TORAGE

• Store boat in a bow high attitude.

• Remove hull drain plug.

• Pour one (1) pint (half-liter) of 50% water/ antifreeze mixture in each bilge pump sump..

B. E

NGINES

• Flush engines with fresh water.

• Remove engine drain plugs.

REFER TO YOUR ENGINE OPERATOR’S MANUAL

FOR DETAILED INFORMATION ON PREPARING

THE ENGINES FOR STORAGE AND

WINTERIZATION.

B. T

OPSIDE AND

S

UPPLIES

Once a year, you should undertake a thorough review of the topside equipment, as well as of the critical safety supplies on your boat.

• Check cleats, rings, rails, etc. for loose or corroded fasteners, breaks, sharp edges or other conditions that could lead to malfunction or unsafe use. Repair or replace as necessary.

• Inspect PFDs (life jackets) for tears and deterioration.

• Make certain you have enough PFDs on board for the maximum number of persons you can carry.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 sedan bridge )

C. B

ATTERY

(

IES

)

• Remove from boat. Remove the negative (-) cable first, then the positive (+) cable.

• Remove grease and dirt from top surface.

• Grease terminal bolts.

• Store on wooden pallet or thick plastic in a cool dry place. Do not store on concrete.

8.5

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

• Keep under a trickle charge.

• When placing battery back into service, remove excess grease from terminals, recharge as necessary and reinstall in boat.

D. H

EAD

S

YSTEM

• Flush entire system thoroughly with fresh water.

• Pump out holding tank.

• Remove water line from inlet fitting located on back bottom half of water valve on head.

• Flush one gallon (four liters) antifreeze mixed with one gallon (four liters) of water through toilet and let vacuum pump run for one or two minutes.

• Shut WATER SYSTEM breaker OFF.

• Pump out holding tank.

• Blow air through the water lines removed from the water pump.

NOTE: When blowing air be careful not to blow air with all faucets closed. System could be damaged by overpressurization and create water leaks.

• Cover hose ends with screen or broad weave cloth and tape in place to keep out dirt and bugs.

U

SING

N

ONTOXIC

W

INTERIZING

A

NTIFREEZE

:

• Purchase a nontoxic winterizing antifreeze for fresh water systems from a marine or RV supply retailer.

• With all water pumped out of the system add nontoxic antifreeze to the water tank. Pour in enough to be pumped to all faucets and showers.

• Close all faucets and turn on water system.

• Open one faucet at a time. Close faucet when nontoxic antifreeze comes out of faucet.

• After all faucets and showers have been treated, open all faucets and pump out remaining nontoxic antifreeze.

W

ATER

H

EATER

W

INTERIZATION

• Refer to your water heater Owner’s Manual for detailed information on preparing water heater for storage and winterization.

E. W

ATER

S

YSTEM

• Turn ON the WATER SYSTEM switch.

• Open water faucet, let system drain completely.

• Turn OFF the WATER SYSTEM switch.

• Water must be removed from the water lines with air pressure or flushed with a nontoxic antifreeze.

Using pressurized air to remove water from water lines:

• You must have an air compressor with air hose and air nozzle.

• Remove water hoses from water pump.

• Alternate opening one faucet at a time to make sure water is removed from each line.

F. F

UEL

S

YSTEMS

!

CAUTION

Do not overfill. Filling a tank until the fuel flows from vents is dangerous. Allow room for expansion.

• Fill fuel tank with diesel and recommended amount of biocide, “Biobor ® ”, which prevents bacteria and fungi from contaminating diesel fuel that contains some water.

8.6

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 sedan bridge )

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

• Diesel fuel should also get a petroleum distillate additive, such as “Stabil ® ” or Racor ® RX100”.

This will absorb water in the fuel and prevent freezing problems.

• Run engine(s) for ten minutes to ensure that all diesel fuel in injectors and fuel lines is treated.

DETAILED WINTERIZING, OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

AND WARRANTY INFORMATION ARE PROVIDED BY

THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER AND CAN BE

FOUND IN THE OWNER’S PACKET.

• Check bilge blowers for proper operation.

Turn ON blowers and place hand over hull blower vent to make sure air is coming from vent.

• Anchor lines and gear should be inspected and replaced if necessary.

• Make sure the hull drain plug is in place and tight.

• Clean bilge thoroughly if it was not done at lay-up.

• Check all engine fluid levels.

• Check fuel lines for damage and/or leaks. Make sure that they do not come into contact with moving parts.

5. F

ITTING

O

UT

A

FTER

S

TORAGE

A. F

UEL

S

YSTEM

Check the entire fuel system for loose connections, worn hoses, leaks, etc. and repair. This is a primary safety precaution.

Check fuel lines for damage and make sure that they do not come in contact with any moving parts.

B. B

ATTERY

(

IES

)

Before installing the batteries, clean the terminal posts with a wire brush or steel wool and then attach the cables. After the cable clamps are tightened, smear the post and clamps with vaseline or grease to exclude air and acid. Do not apply grease before attaching and tightening the terminal clamps.

Examine all wiring.

6. S

EACOCK

L

UBRICATION

• With boat out of water, remove the hose from top of the seacock.

• Put seacock handle in closed position.

• Add a few drops of lubricating oil inside.

• Work handle back and forth a few times. Add oil as needed.

• Replace hose and tighten clamp.

• Add a few drops of oil to the handle pivot point.

S

EACOCK

(F

IG

. 8.7.1)

SEACOCK

HANDLE

HOSE

HOSE CLAMPS

OPEN C. M

ISCELLANEOUS

• Check all thru-hull fittings for unobstructed water passage. Be alert for any deteriorated hoses and/or fittings below the water line which might fail in service and admit water.

• Test the navigation lights.

• Check all wiring for loose connections.

• Check all switches and equipment for proper operation.

SEACOCK BODY

PIVOT POINT

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 sedan bridge ) 8.7

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

7. E

NGINE

O

IL

C

HANGE

S

YSTEM

Follow the oil exchange instructions found in Section

4 - Bilge and Underwater Equipment , page 4.4.

In each case follow the intervals and oil change instructions provided by the engine manufacturer.

REFER TO THE ENGINE OWNER’S MANUAL

FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY

INFORMATION.

8. S

ECURITY

C

ONSIDERATIONS

Be conscious of the security of your boat.

Always remove the keys from the ignition, lock hatches, lock the cabin door, remove and stow any removable electronic gear (fishfinders,

GPS, etc.) and personal gear (fishing poles, etc.) normally left aboard your boat.

8.8

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 sedan bridge )

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

9. Q

UICK

R

EFERENCE

C

HECKLIST

As the owner/operator of a Sea Ray ® Sport Boat, you are responsible for the safe operation your boat and the safety of your passengers. Always be sure that required documents, navigational equipment and Coast Guard required safety equipment is aboard and in proper working order.

A. B

OARDING THE

B

OAT

*

G

ENERAL

1. Weather Conditions ................................................. Is it going to be safe to go out

2. Transom Drain Plug (if equipped) ............................ Installed

3. PFDs and all other Coast Guard required safety equipment ...................................... Available for all children and adults

4. Ignition keys ............................................................ Available

5. Tool Box .................................................................. Stocked with a variety of appropriate tools

B

OAT

S

YSTEMS

1. Bilge Pumps ........................................................... Working. Discharge any appreciable amounts of water overboard

2. Blowers ................................................................... Working. “Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for fuel odor

3. Navigation Lights .................................................... Working. Have spare bulbs (and if applicable fuses) aboard

4. Radio/Electronics ................................................... Working

5. Horn ........................................................................ Working

6. Trim Tabs................................................................ Full range of motion. No excessive play or binding

7. Fresh Water Tank ................................................... Filled and sanitized

8. Head System Holding Tank.................................... Empty

9. Seacocks ................................................................ Generator Open (handle parallel to hose),

Head System Holding Tank Closed (handle perpendicular to hose)

E

NGINE

1. Batteries .................................................................. Fully charged (Check water cell levels)

2. Fuel Tank ................................................................ Filled with recommended fuel

3. Fuel System ............................................................ Check for leaks

4. Fuel Filters .............................................................. Check that filters are clean and tight

5. Diesel Racor Fuel Filters ........................................ Check that filters are clean, tight and free of water

6. Engine Coolant Drain Plugs ................................... Secured

7. Steering Fluid ......................................................... Full

8. Throttle & Gearshift Controls Test ......................... Full range of motion

*Note: If trailering boat, many of these items should be checked before leaving the house.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 sedan bridge ) 8.9

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

Q

UICK

R

EFERENCE

C

HECKLIST

(

CONT

’

D

)

B. P

REPARING TO

D

EPART AND

A

FTER

L

AUNCHING

G

ENERAL

1. Bilge/Engine Compartment .................................... “Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for fuel odor.

Run the bilge blowers for at least four (4) minutes.

2. Shore Power Cable ................................................ Disconnected from dockside power inlet

3. Lines, Fenders and Anchor .................................... Ready for use

4. Passengers/Crew ................................................... Instructed in duties for getting underway and fitted for a correct size PFD

E

NGINE

1. Battery Switches ..................................................... In the ON position

2. Fuel Valves (Diesel Only)....................................... Opens

3. Engine Alarm .......................................................... Test. Should sound after a few seconds

4. Gear Shift & Throttle Controls ................................ In NEUTRAL and IDLE positions

S

TARTING THE

E

NGINE

*

1. Gearshift & Throttle Controls .................................. Shift in NEUTRAL (Refer to your Engine Owner’s

Manual for startup procedures for your specific engine)

2. Ignition .................................................................... Turn master ignition keys on DC distribution panel to the ON position. Depress ignition switch on the helm switch panel to START position until engine starts, then release to RUN position (light on).

IMPORTANT: Do not continue to operate starter for more than 10 seconds without pausing to allow starter motor to cool off for 2 minutes. This also will allow the battery to recover between starting attempts.*

!

WARNING

Do not run the engine or generator in an enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon monoxide.

*If engine fails to start, refer to the Engine Owner’s Manual for further troubleshooting procedures

8.10

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 sedan bridge )

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

Q

UICK

R

EFERENCE

C

HECKLIST

(

CONT

’

D

)

C. W

HILE

U

NDERWAY

G

ENERAL

1. Passengers/Crew ................................................... Safely seated with PFD’s on or immediately accessible

2. Lines, Fenders and Anchor .................................... Stowed

B

OAT

S

YSTEMS

1. Trim Tabs................................................................ Bring boat to “On Plane”. Adjust as neccessary

2. Navigation Lights .................................................... On at night or in reduced visibility

E

NGINE

1. Tachometers ........................................................... Engines operating in safe RPM range

2. Engine Gauges ....................................................... Continually monitor

3. Engine Operation .................................................... Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises and visually check the engine compartment while underway

D. R

ETURNING TO

P

ORT

G

ENERAL

1. Passengers/Crew ................................................... Instructed in duties for line handling

2. Lines and Fenders .................................................. Ready for use

B

OAT

S

YSTEMS

1. Navigation Lights .................................................... Turned OFF when secured

2. Anchor Light............................................................ ON if necessary

3. Bilge/Engine Compartment .................................... “Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for fuel odor.

Run the bilge blowers if necessary. Check for water in bilge. Run bilge pumps if necessary

E

NGINE

1. Gearshift & Throttle Controls .................................. Bring to NEUTRAL and IDLE positions

2. Tachometers ........................................................... Idle the engines for five (5) minutes to cool down

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 sedan bridge ) 8.11

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

Q

UICK

R

EFERENCE

C

HECKLIST

(

CONT

’

D

)

3. Ignition .................................................................... Depress ENGINE STOP switches on the helm switch panel when engines are cooled down.

4. Engine Operation .................................................... Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises

E. S

ECURING THE

B

OAT

G

ENERAL

1. Shore Power Cable ................................................ Connected to dockside power inlet

2. Lines and Fenders .................................................. Fenders in place, lines tied securely to dock

B

OAT

S

YSTEMS

1. Seacocks ................................................................ Closed (handle perpendicular to hose)

2. Helm Switch Panel ................................................. All switches in the OFF position

3. Gearshift & Throttle Controls .................................. In the NEUTRAL and IDLE positions

E

NGINE

1. Ignition .................................................................... Switched in the OFF position (lights off) and master ignition keys removed from DC distribution panel

2. Battery Switches ..................................................... In the OFF position

1. Fuel Valves (Diesel Only)....................................... Closed (handle perpendicular to hose)

F. I

F THE

E

NGINE

D

OES

N

OT

S

TART

N

O

S

TARTER

M

OTOR

R

ESPONSE

1. Check gearshift/throttle control levers in the NEUTRAL positions

2. Check battery condition for sufficient charge

3. Check battery cable connections tight and free from corrosion

4. Check battery switches in the ON position

5. Check starter motor and solenoid connections

6. Check ignition switch connections

S

TARTER

M

OTOR

R

ESPONDS

,

BUT

N

O

I

GNITION

1. Check that fuel tanks are not empty

2. Check fuel filters and filter/water separators clean

3. Check electrical connections on engine wiring harness and ignition wiring

8.12

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 sedan bridge )

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

Q

UICK

R

EFERENCE

C

HECKLIST

(

CONT

’

D

)

G. O

PERATING THE

G

ENERATOR

S

TARTING THE

G

ENERATOR

1. Generator Seacock ....................................................... Open

2. Bilge Blowers ................................................................ Run for at least 4 minutes and any time the generator is running

3. Depress PREHEAT/ON ................................................ Preheat time should not exceed 30 seconds

4. Depress START/RUN Switch ....................................... Depress until generator starts

5. When the Generator Starts ........................................... Release the START switch only continue holding PREHEAT/

ON for a few seconds)

6. Load The Generator ..................................................... Turn ON the generator main breaker on the Main

Distribution Panel. Turn AC breakers ON

S

TOPPING THE

G

ENERATOR

1. Breakers ........................................................................ Turn AC breakers OFF. Turn OFF the generator main breaker on the Main Distribution Panel

2. Generator ...................................................................... Let it run a few minutes to cool down

3. STOP Switch ................................................................. Depress to stop the generator set

!

WARNING

Do not run the generator or engines in an enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon monoxide.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 sedan bridge ) 8.13

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

10. A

FTER

M

ARKET

E

QUIPMENT

C

HECKLIST

Any safety or operational equipment added to your boat after delivery should be checked for seaworthyness and proper working condition. Use the area below to list any equipment and the proper operating condition of that equipment before getting underway.

Equipment Proper Operating Condition

8.14

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 sedan bridge )

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

11. M

AINTENANCE

L

OG

Follow the recommended maintenance listed on pages 1 & 2 of this section and keep a record of this and

ALL maintenance performed on your boat.

Date Maintenance Description Engine Hours

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 sedan bridge ) 8.15

S

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

M

AINTENANCE

M

AINTENANCE

L

OG

(C

ONT

’

D

)

Date Maintenance Description Engine Hours

8.16

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 sedan bridge )

S

ECTION

9 • C

ARE

& R

EFINISHING

1. M

AINTENANCE AND

R

ECONDITIONING

Your new boat has been designed to provide you with years of enjoyment and satisfaction. In order to maintain the factory new appearance of your boat, we recommend the use of 3M™ Marine's one step

Maintenance and Reconditioning Products designed specifically for pleasure boats. Following proper fiberglass maintenance guidelines will help maintain your boat's performance, value, and enjoyment.

appearance which is associated with fiberglass products. In some areas, this gelcoat surface is painted or taped for styling purpose.

Wash the fiberglass regularly with clean, fresh water. Wax gelcoated surfaces to maintain the luster. In northern climates, a semiannual waxing may suffice for the season. In southern climates, a quarterly application of wax will be required for adequate protection.

2. P

S

AINT

C

LEANING

UBSTANCES

A

GENTS

& O

THER

!

WARNING

Gelcoat surfaces are slippery when wet. Use extreme care when walking on wet gelcoat.

Always wear non-slip foot gear while washing and waxing boat.

!

WARNING

EXPLOSION/FIRE HAZARD

Care and refinishing materials may contain ingredients that are flammable or explosive. Do not use such materials in the bilge

Shut off electrical power and ventilate when using such materials anywhere on the boat or in the cabin.

Do not create sparks or use lighted materials.

!

WARNING

Care should be utilized in waxing commonly walked upon areas of the boat to ensure that they are not dangerously slippery.

NOTE: For colored gelcoats, it is important to follow waxing recommendations in order to maintain the luster of the gelcoat.

Do not use products containing chlorine, phosphates, perfumes and non-degradable ingredients. Consult your marine dealer regarding environmental regulations before painting the hull.

Fumes can last for hours, and chemical ingredients can harm people, property and the environment.

Common household cleaning agents may cause hazardous reactions. Read and understand directions on all paint, cleaning and polishing materials before using.

3. F

IBERGLASS

& G

ELCOAT

The fiberglass hull, deck and some interior parts consist of the molded shell and exterior gelcoat. The gelcoat is the outer surface, often colored, that presents the shiny smooth

A. A

BOUT

C

OLORED

G

ELCOATS

Colored hulls add a beautiful contrast to all white boats making them distinctive and attractive. Similar to paint on cars, colors need more care and protection (waxing).

Chemical lab tests have proven that colored gelcoats will show more chalking than white gelcoat due to an eventual degradation from weathering.

Chalking results from a breakdown of a gelcoated surface into an extremely fine powder. When this happens, the color of the part whitens. The chalk is strictly on the surface. Most house paints are designed to chalk and then wash off clean with water. Gelcoat chalk, however does not wash off.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 9.1

S

ECTION

9 • C

ARE

& R

EFINISHING

One can extend the life of white or colored gelcoat by following Sea Ray’s ® recommended maintenance instructions. 3M Ultra Performance paste wax or an equivalent marine grade paste wax will help maintain the luster of the original gelcoat.

B. P

ERMANENTLY

M

OORED OR

D

OCKED

B

OATS

Boats should be rotated in a slip as often as they are waxed. This will eliminate too much ultra violet exposure and degradation to occur on only one side of the boat.

REFER TO 3M ONE STEP MAINTENANCE AND

RECONDITIONING PRODUCTS PAMPHLET IN YOUR

OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND

WARRANTY INFORMATION.

C. K

EEP

B

ILGE

A

REA

D

RY

Water may accumulate in the engine room where it is not able to drain to the bilge pump. Check all areas of the engine room for accumlated water and dry throughly. Water left standing may penitrate through the gelcoated surfaces and wick into the fiberglass affecting the life of the product.

• Alcohol can be used to remove difficult stains.

But it must be promptly washed off with mild detergent and water.

• Minor scratches and deeper stains that do not penetrate the gelcoat may be removed by light sanding and buffing.

5. P

D

ERMANENTLY

OCKED

B

M

OATS

OORED OR

If permanently moored or docked in salt water or fresh water, your boat will collect marine growth on its bottom. This will detract from the boat’s beauty and greatly affect its performance. There are two methods of preventing this:

• Periodically haul the boat out of the water and scrub the bottom with a bristle brush and a solution of soap and water.

• Paint the hull below the waterline with a good grade of antifouling paint. DO NOT paint the engine drive surfaces.

NOTE: There are EPA regulations regarding bottom paint application. Consult your Sea

Ray ® dealer for proper application methods.

4. S

TAINS

& S

CRATCHES

Although gelcoat and painted surfaces are resistant to deep stains, a need for cleaning will occasionally arise. But, the use of some common cleaning agents will permanently discolor or otherwise damage the finish on your boat.

• Do not use abrasive porcelain-cleaning powders. These are too abrasive and contain chlorine and ammonia, either of which will permanently discolor gelcoat and paint.

• Never use nail polish remover (acetone) or any ketone solvents.

• Use diluted household detergents to remove surface soil and stains. Before using a given brand, check to make sure it contains no chlorine or ammonia.

6. C

ARE FOR

B

OTTOM

P

AINT

From time to time a slight algae or slime forms on all vessels. The bottom painted portion of the hull can be wiped off with a coarse turkish towel or a piece of old rug while the boat is in the water. Do not use a stiff or abrasive material to clean the bottom paint.

The bottom paint should be inspected annually. If it needs repainting consult your Sea Ray ® dealer.

9.2

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

S

ECTION

9 • C

ARE

& R

EFINISHING

7. B

ILGE

/E

NGINE

C

OMPARTMENT

1. Pump the bilges dry and remove all loose dirt.

Be sure that all limber holes are open. If there is oil in the bilge and the source is not known, look for leaks in engine oil lines or engine gaskets. Oil stains can be removed by using a bilge cleaner available from your dealer or a marina. DO NOT use flammable solvents.

2. Check all wiring to be sure it is properly supported, that its insulation is intact, and that there are no loose or corroded terminals. If there are corroded terminals, they should be replaced or thoroughly cleaned. Tighten all terminals securely and spray them with light marine preservative oil.

3. Inspect the entire fuel system (including fill lines and vents) for any evidence of leakage. Any stains around joints could indicate a leak. Try a wrench on all fittings to be sure they are not loose, but do not over tighten them. Clean fuel filters and vent screens.

4. Inspect the entire bottom for evidence of seepage, damage or deterioration, paying particular attention to hull fittings, hoses and clamps. Straighten kinked hoses and replace any that do not feel pliable. Tighten loose hose clamps and replace those that are corroded.

Tighten any loose nuts, bolts or screws.

5. Refer to your engine operator’s manual for engine maintenance details. Wipe off engine to remove accumulated dust and grease. If a solvent is used, make sure it is nonflammable.

Go over the entire engine and tighten nuts, bolts, and screws. Inspect the wiring on the engine and clean and tighten the terminals.

Inspect the belts and tighten them if needed.

Clean and lubricate the battery terminals; fill the battery cells with distilled water as needed.

8. T

OPSIDE

A

REAS

A. S

TAINLESS

S

TEEL AND

A

LLOY

F

ITTINGS

Stainless steel and alloy fittings should be cleaned with soap and water or household glass cleaner.

Remove rust spots as soon as possible with a brass, silver or chrome cleaner. Irreversible pitting will develop under rust that remains for any period of time. Never use an abrasive like sandpaper or steel wool on stainless. These may actually cause rust. To help protect the stainless, we recommend the use of a good car wax.

B. S

ALT

C

RYSTALS

When instruments are exposed to a saltwater environment, salt crystals may form on the bezel and the plastic covers. These salt crystals should be removed with a soft, damp cloth; never use abrasives or rough, dirty cloths to wipe plastic parts.

Mild household detergents or plastic cleaners can be used to keep the instruments bright and clean.

REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

9. G

AUGE

& S

WITCH

P

ANELS

No special care is needed. Just wipe off with a soft, fresh water damp cloth to remove dust or salt. Dry after with chamois or soft cloth.

Use of protective chemicals is not required.

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge ) 9.3

S

ECTION

9 • C

ARE

& R

EFINISHING

10. A

CRYLIC

P

LASTIC

S

HEETING

(P

LASTIC

G

LASS

)

Never use a dry cloth or duster or glass cleaning solutions on acrylic.

To clean acrylic, first flood it with water to wash off as much dirt as possible. Next, use your bare hand, with plenty of water, to feel and dislodge any caked dirt or mud. A soft, grit-free cloth may then be used with a nonabrasive soap or detergent. A soft sponge, kept clean for this purpose, is excellent. Blot dry with a clean damp chamois.

Grease and oil may be removed from acrylic with kerosene, hexane, white (not aviation or ethyl) gasoline or aliphatic naphtha (no aromatic content).

Do not use solvents such as acetone, silicone spray, benzine, carbon tetrachloride, fire extinguisher fluid, dry cleaning fluid or lacquer thinner on acrylic, since they attack the surface.

Remove fine scratches with fine automotive acrylic rubbing and polishing compounds.

and clean with a mild solution of a natural soap in lukewarm water (no more than 100 o F, 38 o C); rinse thoroughly to remove soap. DO NOT USE DETERGENTS. Allow to completely dry.

Wash and clean vinyl windows with a warm soap solution.

Use a soft cloth or sponge and do not scratch the surface.

If you have stubborn cleaning cases, call your dealer for proper procedures. Do not try your own cleaning procedures as they may permanently damage the canvas.

After each use, especially in salt water areas, rinse the canvas completely with fresh cold water. Then let the canvas dry completely before stowing.

All metal components of the canvas should be rinsed with fresh cold water and exposed components wiped dry to maintain appearance and working order.

12. E

XTERIOR

U

PHOLSTERY

F

ABRIC

Exterior fabrics should be cleaned with a sponge or very soft scrub brush and a mild soap and warm water solution.

After scrubbing, rinse with plenty of cold, clean water and allow the fabric to air dry in a well ventilated place, preferrably away from direct sunlight.

Mildew can occur if your boat does not have adequate ventilation. Heat alone will not prevent mildew; you must also provide for fresh air circulation.

REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

11. C

ANVAS AND

C

LEAR

V

INYL

Do not fold or store any of the canvas pieces while wet.

All canvas should be rolled or folded when dry and stored in a clean, dry place. For clear vinyl pieces, the recommended methods for storage are rolling or laying down flat. The clear vinyl should never be folded or creased as cracking will result. To protect the clear vinyl from rubbing against itself while rolled or stored flat, place a piece of very soft, nonabrasive cloth between the pieces. If the surface of the clear vinyl becomes scratched, the canvas manufacturer has provided a canvas care sheet located in your Owner’s Manual Packet.

When storing the rear (aft) curtain, fold the canvas over the clear vinyl window (do not fold clear vinyl), then roll or store flat.

The fabric should be cleaned regularly before substances such as dirt, pollen, etc. are allowed to accumulate on and become embedded in the fabric. The fabric can be cleaned without being removed from the installation.

Simply brush off any loose dirt, particles, etc.; hose down

13. I

NTERIOR

U

PHOLSTERY

F

ABRIC

Cleaning and maintenance information provided by the material manufacturer, is in your Owner’s Manual Packet.

NOTICE

Always clean spots, stains, etc., immediately. Test an unseen area of fabric before cleaning stain, to insure that cleaning material will not cause damage.

REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND OTHER CLEANING INFORMATION.

9.4

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

I

NDEX

A

AC & DC Electrical Schematics &

Wiring Harnesses ......................................... 6.21

AC System ......................................................... 6.9

Accessory Receptacle, 12 Volt ............................ 6.8

Acrylic Plastic Sheeting (Plastic Glass) ................ 9.4

Additional Recommended Equipment for

Safe Operation ............................................... 1.5

After Market Equipment Checklist .................... 8.14

Air Conditioning & Heating ................................. 7.1

A. To Start The System ................................. 7.3

Anchoring ......................................................... 3.16

A. Anchoring Arrangement .......................... 3.16

B. Anchoring ............................................... 3.17

C. Lowering Anchor.................................... 3.17

D. Setting Anchor ........................................ 3.17

E. Weighing Anchor ..................................... 3.17

F. Clearing a Fouled Anchor ........................ 3.17

G. A Final Word .......................................... 3.18

Automatic Fire Extinguisher ............................... 7.12

A. Fire Extinguisher Location ...................... 7.12

B. Manual Fire Extinguishing System ........... 7.13

C. Safety Pin ............................................... 7.13

D. Hand Held Extinguishers ......................... 7.14

B

Basic Boat Dimensions and Clearances ............... 2.4

Batteries .............................................................. 6.1

A. To Remove The Battery Cables ................ 6.2

B. Battery Maintenance ................................. 6.2

Battery Chargers ............................................... 6.18

A. Charging Characteristics ......................... 6.18

B. Charging Characteristics of the

Bow Thruster Battery Charger ............. 6.18

Battery Switches and Solenoids ........................... 6.4

A. Battery Switches ...................................... 6.4

B. Main Battery Solenoids ............................ 6.4

C. Bow Thruster Solenoid (Optional) ............ 6.4

Bilge Blowers ...................................................... 4.2

Bilge Layout ...................................................... 4.13

Bilge Pumps ........................................................ 4.1

Bilge .................................................................... 4.1

A. Fuel & Oil Spillage ................................... 4.1

Bilge/Engine Compartment .................................. 9.3

Boarding ............................................................. 3.3

Bow Thruster (Optional) ............................ 3.20;714

C

Cabin Layout ...................................................... 2.6

Canvas and Clear Vinyl ....................................... 9.4

Canvas .............................................................. 7.17

A. Care & Maintenance ............................ 7.17

B. Storage ................................................. 7.17

C. Installation Tips ..................................... 7.17

Carbon Monoxide Monitors ................................ 7.1

A. Testing The CO Monitors ....................... 7.1

Carbon Monoxide ............................................... 1.3

A. Carbon Monoxide Monitor ..................... 1.4

Care for Bottom Paint ......................................... 9.2

Central Vacuum (Optional) ................................ 7.15

Chart Your Course .............................................. 1.9

Coffee Maker ................................................... 7.14

Communication System ...................................... 7.11

A. Dockside Telephone Hookup .................. 7.11

Contact Phone Numbers & Internet Addresses ....... v

Sea Ray Boats USA ......................................... v

Sea Ray Boats International .............................. v

United States Coast Guard ............................... v

Boat US Foundation ........................................ V

Canadian Coast Guard ..................................... v

Control Station Breaker Panel ............................. 6.6

Control Station Gauge and switch Layout ............ 2.7

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

I

NDEX

D

DC Distribution Panel ........................................ 6.10

A. Servicing The Main Distribution Panel ....... 6.10

DC System ......................................................... 6.1

Dealer Responsibilities ........................................... iii

Display Control Module (DCM) Function Table 2.22

Docking/Lifting/Storage ....................................... 2.1

A. Bow and Stern Cleats ................................. 2.1

B. Supporting The Boat ................................... 2.2

E

Electrical System Fuse Blocks & Breakers .......... 6.7

A. Windlass Breaker ..................................... 6.7

B. Replacing a Fuse or Breaker .................... 6.7

Electrolytic Corrosion and Zinc Anodes ............. 6.20

Electronics Circuit ............................................. 6.15

Emergency Situations ......................................... 1.11

A. Medical Emergency ................................. 1.11

B. Water Rescue .......................................... 1.11

C. Fire ........................................................ 1.12

D. Flooding, Swamping, Capsizing .............. 1.12

E. Collisions and Leaking ............................ 1.12

F. Grounding ............................................... 1.13

G. Propulsion, Control, Steering Failure ....... 1.13

Emergency Start System...................................... 6.8

Engine Exhaust System ........................................ 4.4

Engine Gauge Package ........................................ 4.4

Engine Mounts .................................................... 4.4

Engine Oil Change System .................................. 8.8

Engines ............................................................... 4.3

Entertainment Centers ........................................ 7.11

A. Salon Entertainment Center ..................... 7.11

B. Master Stateroom Entertainment .............. 7.11

C. Cockpit/Bridge Entertainment .................. 7.11

D. Dockside Television Hookup ................... 7.11

E. TV Signal Selector .................................. 7.12

Express Limited Transferable Warranty .................. vi

Exterior Upholstery Fabric .................................. 9.4

F

Fiberglass & Gelcoat ........................................... 9.1

A. About Colored Gelcaot ............................ 9.1

B. Permanently Moored or Docked Boats .... 9.2

C. Keep Bilge Area Dry ................................ 9.2

Fire Extinguisher System...................................... 1.2

Fitting Out After Storage ..................................... 8.7

A. Fuel System ............................................. 8.7

B. Battery(ies) ............................................... 8.7

C. Miscellaneous ........................................... 8.7

Floor Plan ......................................................... 7.18

Fresh Water Cooling System ............................... 4.3

A. Coolant Recommendations ....................... 4.3

Fuel Filters .......................................................... 5.2

A. Generator Fuel Filter ................................ 5.2

B. Fuel Filter Maintenance ............................ 5.3

Fuel Recommendations ....................................... 5.2

Fuel System ................................................. 5.1, 8.6

A. Fuel Tanks ............................................... 5.1

B. Fuel Fill .................................................... 5.1

C. Fuel Vent .................................................. 5.1

Fueling Precautions ............................................. 5.4

A. General .................................................... 5.4

B. Before & During Fueling ........................... 5.4

C. After Fueling ............................................. 5.4

Fueling the Boat .................................................. 3.3

A. General .................................................... 3.3

B. Filling The Tank ........................................ 3.3

C. After Filling ............................................... 3.3

Function and Location of Through-Hull Fittings and Cutouts ................................................ 2.12

G

Gauge & Switch Panels ....................................... 9.3

General deck Layout ........................................... 2.5

Generator Fuel Crossover System ....................... 5.2

Generator .......................................................... 6.17

A. Generator Operation .............................. 6.17

Gray Water System ............................................. 7.7

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

I

NDEX

Gray Water Holding Tank (Optional) ................... 7.8

Wiring System

Ground Fault Interrupter Receptacle (GFI) ........ 6.20

Fittings, Hoses and Clamps

A. International Receptacle ......................... 6.20

B. Topside and Supplies ................................. 8.5

Interior Upholstery Fabric .................................... 9.4

International requirements ................................... 1.13

H

Halogen Lighting ................................................ 6.19

A. Changing A Blown Bulb ........................... 6.19

Head System ........................................................ 7.8

A. Requirements for Vessel Operators ............ 7.8

B. Vacu-Flush ® Head ..................................... 7.8

C. Holding Tank Operation ............................ 7.8

D. Vent Filter ............................................... 7.10

Horn .................................................................. 7.15

Hull Identification Number (HIN) ........................... iv

Hydraulic steering Control .................................. 4.12

Hydraulic steering System .................................. 3.15

L

Layout and Accessories........................................ 7.1

Legally Mandated Minimum Required Equipment . 1.2

Lifesaving Equipment ............................................ 1.4

A. PFD Classifications ..................................... 1.5

Lighting Layout................................................... 2.28

Load Capacity ..................................................... 1.6

A. United States ............................................... 1.6

B. International ................................................. 1.6

Load Capacity-International ................................. 1.6

Load Capacity-United States ............................... 1.6

I

Impaired Operation .............................................. 1.6

Important Gauges ............................................... 2.19

A. Tachometer ............................................. 2.19

B. 4-in-1 Multigauge .................................... 2.19

Fuel Gauge

Voltmeter

Oil Pressure Gauge

Water Temperature Gauge

C. Hourmeter ............................................... 2.20

D. Fire System Indicator .............................. 2.20

E. Synchronizer Gauge (Optional) ................ 2.20

F. Magnetic Compass .................................. 2.21

G. Systems Monitor ...................................... 2.21

H. Smartcraft ............................................... 2.24

I. Sea Ray Navigator(SRN) (Optional) ........ 2.24

Inspection, Service and Maintenance Protocol ..... 8.4

A. Bilge Area ................................................. 8.4

Oil

Engine

Fuel System

M

Macerator .......................................................... 7.10

Main DC Breaker Panel ....................................... 6.2

Maintain Control .................................................. 1.7

A.General Conditions ....................................... 1.8

Maintenance and Reconditioning .......................... 9.1

Maintenance Log ............................................... 8.15

Major Controls .................................................. 2.14

A. Gear Shifts, Throttle Controls .................... 2.14

B. Engine Synchronizer (Optional) .................. 2.15

C. Marine Cruise Control Switch Panel .......... 2.15

D. Optional Lower Control Station Gear

Shift and Throttle Controls ..................... 2.17

E. Hydraulic Trim Tabs ................................... 2.17

Manufacturer’s Certification .................................... iv

Marine Gears ....................................................... 4.4

A. Reduction Gears .......................................... 4.4

B. Reverse Gears ............................................. 4.4

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

I

NDEX

N

Nautical Terms ..................................................... 1.4

Warning Label Locations .................................... 1.15

Navigation and Anchor Lights ............................. 2.25

A. Console Dimmer ..................................... 2.25

Responsibilities, Your .............................................. iii

Returning to Port ................................................. 3.2

Rudder & Rudder Stuffing Box .......................... 4.11

O

Oil Exchange System ........................................... 4.5

A. Operating Instructions .............................. 4.5

P

Paint Cleaning Agents & Other Substances 9.1

Passenger Instruction and Location 3.4

Passenger Locations 2.2

Permanently Moored or Docked Boats 9.2

Personal Flotation Devices (PFD’s) 3.4

PFD Classifications 1.5

Port Stateroom Bunks 7.16

Power capacity 1.7

Power Ventilation System

Preparing to Depart 3.1

7.15

Q

Quick Reference Checklist .................................. 8.9

A. Boarding The Boat ................................... 8.9

B. Preparing to Depart and After Launch..... 8.10

C. While Underway ..................................... 8.11

D. Returning To Port .................................... 8.11

E. Securing The Boat .................................. 8.12

F. If The Engine Does Not Start .................. 8.12

G. Operating The Generator ........................ 8.13

R

Refrigerator/Freezer .......................................... 7.14

A. Cockpit Ice Maker ................................ 7.14

Responsibilities, Dealer ........................................... iii

S

Safe Boating Means ............................................ 1.1

Safety Hotlines .................................................. 1.13

Safety Labels ...................................................... 1.1

Salon Dinette Table ........................................... 7.16

Salon Sofa/Bed (Optional) ................................ 7.16

Sea Ray Navigator (SRN) (Optional) ................ 2.23

Seacock Lubrication ........................................... 8.7

Seacocks & Strainer ......................................... 4.12

Securing the Boat ................................................ 3.2

Security Considerations ....................................... 8.8

Service, Parts and repair for Your Boat .................. iv

Shifting from Shore Power to

Generator Power ........................................ 3.14

A. Maintenance for Shore Power Cable Set &

Shore Power Inlets ................................. 3.11

Shifting to Drive the Boat..................................... 3.6

A. Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls ............. 3.6

B. Optional Lower Control Station Gear

Shift and Throttle Controls .................... 3.7

Shore Power ............................................. 3.12;6.16

A. Shore Power Cords ............................... 6.16

B. Shore Power Breakers ........................... 6.16

C. Shore Power Operation ......................... 6.16

D. Isolation Transformers ............................ 6.16

Smartcraft ......................................................... 2.24

Source of Information ............................................. iii

Spoiler ............................................................... 2.11

Stability ............................................................... 1.7

Stains & Scratches .............................................. 9.2

Starting The Engines ............................................ 3.4

Starting The generator ....................................... 3.10

Stopping the Engines ......................................... 3.10

Stopping The Generator ..................................... 3.11

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

I

NDEX

Stove & Microwave .......................................... 7.15

A. Electric Stove ......................................... 7.15

B. Microwave/Convection Oven ................. 7.15

Summary Guide for Inspection, Service and

Maintenance ................................................. 8.1

Switch and Receptacle Layout .......................... 2.26

T

This Manual ........................................................... iii

Topside Areas ..................................................... 9.3

A. Stainless Steel and Alloy Fittings ............... 9.3

B. Salt Crystals ............................................. 9.3

Twelve Volt Accessory Receptacle ...................... 6.8

U

Underwater Gear ................................................ 4.6

A. Propellers ................................................. 4.6

B. Shafts ....................................................... 4.9

C. Carrier Seal Kit ........................................ 4.9

D. Strut ....................................................... 4.10

Useful Service Information .................................. 8.3

V

Vibration & Causes ........................................... 4.10

A. Foriegn Object Interfering With

Propeller Action ...................................... 4.11

B. Bent Propeller and/or Shaft...................... 4.11

C. Engine and Shaft Out of Alignment ........... 4.11

D. Coupling Out of True ............................... 4.11

E. Engine Part Hitting Boat Structure ............ 4.11

F. Other Possible Causes ............................. 4.11

W

Warranties ............................................................. iii

Warranty, Express Limited Transferable ................. vi

Washer/Dryer (Optional) ................................... 7.16

Water Sports ..................................................... 1.10

A. Swimming .............................................. 1.10

B. Skiing ..................................................... 1.10

C. Diving ..................................................... 1.11

Water System...................................................... 7.3

A. Water Tank .............................................. 7.3

B. Water Pumps & Filter ............................... 7.4

C. Water Distribution Manifold...................... 7.5

D. Water Heater ........................................... 7.5

E. Dockside Water Inlet ................................ 7.6

F. Cockpit Shower........................................ 7.6

G. Gray Water Sump ..................................... 7.7

H. Fresh Water Washdown ........................... 7.7

Weather .............................................................. 1.8

A. Ocean ...................................................... 1.8

B. Offshore ................................................... 1.9

C. Inshore ..................................................... 1.9

D. Sheltered Waters ...................................... 1.9

While Underway ................................................. 3.1

Windlass ........................................................... 3.18

A. To Operate From The Helm ................... 3.18

B. To Operate From The Bow .................... 3.18

C. To Operate Manually ............................. 3.19

D. Maintenance ........................................... 3.19

Winterization Checklist for Boats

Stored on Land ............................................. 8.5

A. Boat Storage ............................................ 8.5

B. Engines ..................................................... 8.5

C. Battery(ies) .............................................. 8.5

D. Head System ............................................ 8.6

E. Water System ........................................... 8.6

F. Fuel System .............................................. 8.6

Y

Your Responsibilities ..................................................... iii

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )

I

NDEX

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

44 Sedan Bridge ( 455 Sedan Bridge )